UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-Q
x QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the quarterly period ended August 31, 2008
OR
¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Commission File Number 1-11758
(Exact Name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) |
1585 Broadway New York, NY 10036 (Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)
|
36-3145972 (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) |
(212) 761-4000 (Registrants telephone number, including area code) |
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of large accelerated filer, accelerated filer and smaller reporting company in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large Accelerated Filer x | Accelerated Filer ¨ | |
Non-Accelerated Filer ¨ | Smaller reporting company ¨ | |
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) |
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ¨ No x
As of September 30, 2008, there were 1,061,983,111 shares of the Registrants Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, outstanding.
QUARTERLY REPORT ON FORM 10-Q
For the quarter ended August 31, 2008
Table of Contents | Page |
Part IFinancial Information | ||||||
Item 1. |
1 | |||||
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial ConditionAugust 31, 2008 and November 30, 2007 |
1 | |||||
Condensed Consolidated Statements of IncomeThree and Nine Months Ended August 31, 2008 and 2007 |
3 | |||||
4 | ||||||
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash FlowsNine Months Ended August 31, 2008 and 2007 |
5 | |||||
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) |
6 | |||||
Note 1. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies |
6 | |||||
21 | ||||||
29 | ||||||
Note 4. Securitization Activities and Variable Interest Entities |
31 | |||||
35 | ||||||
36 | ||||||
37 | ||||||
38 | ||||||
44 | ||||||
45 | ||||||
47 | ||||||
48 | ||||||
48 | ||||||
49 | ||||||
52 | ||||||
53 | ||||||
54 | ||||||
55 | ||||||
Item 2. |
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |
56 | ||||
56 | ||||||
57 | ||||||
74 | ||||||
83 | ||||||
84 | ||||||
85 | ||||||
88 | ||||||
Item 3. |
101 | |||||
Item 4. |
112 |
i |
Page | ||||||
Part IIOther Information |
||||||
Item 1. |
113 | |||||
Item 1A. |
114 | |||||
Item 2. |
116 | |||||
Item 6. |
116 |
ii |
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
Morgan Stanley files annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC). You may read and copy any document we file with the SEC at the SECs public reference room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for information on the public reference room. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy and information statements and other information that issuers (including Morgan Stanley) file electronically with the SEC. Morgan Stanleys electronic SEC filings are available to the public at the SECs internet site, www.sec.gov.
Morgan Stanleys internet site is www.morganstanley.com. You can access Morgan Stanleys Investor Relations webpage at www.morganstanley.com/about/ir. Morgan Stanley makes available free of charge, on or through our Investor Relations webpage, its proxy statements, Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Morgan Stanley also makes available, through its Investor Relations webpage, via a link to the SECs internet site, statements of beneficial ownership of Morgan Stanleys equity securities filed by its directors, officers, 10% or greater shareholders and others under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.
Morgan Stanley has a Corporate Governance webpage. You can access information about Morgan Stanleys corporate governance at www.morganstanley.com/about/company/governance. Morgan Stanley posts the following on its Corporate Governance webpage:
| Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation; |
| Bylaws; |
| Charters for our Audit Committee, Compensation, Management Development and Succession Committee and Nominating and Governance Committee; |
| Corporate Governance Policies; |
| Policy Regarding Communication with the Board of Directors; |
| Policy Regarding Director Candidates Recommended by Shareholders; |
| Policy Regarding Corporate Political Contributions; |
| Policy Regarding Shareholder Rights Plan; |
| Code of Ethics and Business Conduct; |
| Code of Conduct; and |
| Integrity Hotline. |
Morgan Stanleys Code of Ethics and Business Conduct applies to all directors, officers and employees, including its Chief Executive Officer, its Chief Financial Officer and its Controller and Principal Accounting Officer. Morgan Stanley will post any amendments to the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct and any waivers that are required to be disclosed by the rules of either the SEC or the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. on its internet site. You can request a copy of these documents, excluding exhibits, at no cost, by contacting Investor Relations, 1585 Broadway, New York, NY 10036 (212-761-4000). The information on Morgan Stanleys internet site is not incorporated by reference into this report.
iii |
Part IFinancial Information.
Item 1. Financial | Statements. |
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
(dollars in millions, except share data)
August 31, 2008 |
November 30, 2007 | |||||
(unaudited) | ||||||
Assets |
||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 23,702 | $ | 25,598 | ||
Cash and securities deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements (including securities at fair value of $21,775 at August 31, 2008 and $31,354 at November 30, 2007) |
58,798 | 61,608 | ||||
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (approximately $141 billion and $131 billion were pledged to various parties at August 31, 2008 and November 30, 2007, respectively): |
||||||
U.S. government and agency securities |
28,955 | 23,887 | ||||
Other sovereign government obligations |
36,036 | 21,606 | ||||
Corporate and other debt |
118,886 | 147,724 | ||||
Corporate equities |
81,311 | 87,377 | ||||
Derivative and other contracts |
87,580 | 77,003 | ||||
Investments |
14,799 | 14,270 | ||||
Physical commodities |
3,988 | 3,096 | ||||
Total financial instruments owned, at fair value |
371,555 | 374,963 | ||||
Securities received as collateral, at fair value |
19,235 | 82,229 | ||||
Collateralized agreements: |
||||||
Securities purchased under agreements to resell |
179,540 | 126,887 | ||||
Securities borrowed |
241,051 | 239,994 | ||||
Receivables: |
||||||
Customers |
48,052 | 76,352 | ||||
Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations |
7,308 | 16,011 | ||||
Other loans |
3,050 | 11,629 | ||||
Fees, interest and other |
7,479 | 8,320 | ||||
Other investments |
3,864 | 4,524 | ||||
Premises, equipment and software costs, at cost (net of accumulated depreciation of $3,434 at August 31, 2008 and $3,449 at November 30, 2007) |
5,004 | 4,372 | ||||
Goodwill |
2,961 | 3,024 | ||||
Intangible assets (net of accumulated amortization of $275 at August 31, 2008 and $175 at November 30, 2007) (includes $278 at fair value at August 31, 2008 and $428 at fair value at November 30, 2007) |
1,035 | 1,047 | ||||
Other assets |
14,769 | 8,851 | ||||
Total assets |
$ | 987,403 | $ | 1,045,409 | ||
1 |
MORGAN STANLEY
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION(Continued)
(dollars in millions, except share data)
August 31, 2008 |
November 30, 2007 |
|||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||
Liabilities and Shareholders Equity |
||||||||
Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings (includes $3,858 at fair value at August 31, 2008 and $3,068 at fair value at November 30, 2007) |
$ | 14,159 | $ | 34,495 | ||||
Deposits (includes $3,769 at fair value at November 30, 2007) |
36,774 | 31,179 | ||||||
Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, at fair value: |
||||||||
U.S. government and agency securities |
10,219 | 8,221 | ||||||
Other sovereign government obligations |
17,767 | 15,627 | ||||||
Corporate and other debt |
11,394 | 7,592 | ||||||
Corporate equities |
42,180 | 30,899 | ||||||
Derivative and other contracts |
68,401 | 71,604 | ||||||
Physical commodities |
464 | 398 | ||||||
Total financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, at fair value |
150,425 | 134,341 | ||||||
Obligation to return securities received as collateral, at fair value |
19,235 | 82,229 | ||||||
Collateralized financings: |
||||||||
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase |
122,801 | 162,840 | ||||||
Securities loaned |
33,979 | 110,423 | ||||||
Other secured financings, at fair value |
22,720 | 27,772 | ||||||
Payables: |
||||||||
Customers |
315,289 | 203,453 | ||||||
Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations |
6,477 | 10,454 | ||||||
Interest and dividends |
3,193 | 1,724 | ||||||
Other liabilities and accrued expenses |
24,259 | 24,606 | ||||||
Long-term borrowings (includes $43,114 at fair value at August 31, 2008 and $38,392 at fair value at November 30, 2007) |
202,327 | 190,624 | ||||||
951,638 | 1,014,140 | |||||||
Commitments and contingencies |
||||||||
Shareholders equity: |
||||||||
Preferred stock |
1,100 | 1,100 | ||||||
Common stock, $0.01 par value; |
||||||||
Shares authorized: 3,500,000,000 at August 31, 2008 and November 30, 2007; |
||||||||
Shares issued: 1,211,701,552 at August 31, 2008 and November 30, 2007; Shares outstanding: 1,109,155,431 at August 31, 2008 and 1,056,289,659 at November 30, 2007 |
12 | 12 | ||||||
Paid-in capital |
615 | 1,902 | ||||||
Retained earnings |
40,698 | 38,045 | ||||||
Employee stock trust |
7,354 | 5,569 | ||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
(380 | ) | (199 | ) | ||||
Common stock held in treasury, at cost, $0.01 par value; |
||||||||
102,546,121 shares at August 31, 2008 and |
(6,280 | ) | (9,591 | ) | ||||
Common stock issued to employee trust |
(7,354 | ) | (5,569 | ) | ||||
Total shareholders equity |
35,765 | 31,269 | ||||||
Total liabilities and shareholders equity |
$ | 987,403 | $ | 1,045,409 | ||||
See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
2 |
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(dollars in millions, except share and per share data)
Three Months Ended August 31, |
Nine Months Ended August 31, |
|||||||||||||||
2008 | 2007 | 2008 | 2007 | |||||||||||||
(unaudited) | (unaudited) | |||||||||||||||
Revenues: |
||||||||||||||||
Investment banking |
$ | 1,146 | $ | 1,659 | $ | 3,304 | $ | 4,799 | ||||||||
Principal transactions: |
||||||||||||||||
Trading |
2,604 | 1,381 | 7,397 | 10,377 | ||||||||||||
Investments |
(453 | ) | 558 | (1,263 | ) | 2,442 | ||||||||||
Commissions |
1,070 | 1,264 | 3,424 | 3,392 | ||||||||||||
Asset management, distribution and administration fees |
1,423 | 1,701 | 4,437 | 4,776 | ||||||||||||
Interest and dividends |
9,792 | 14,405 | 33,874 | 43,976 | ||||||||||||
Other |
1,117 | 262 | 3,233 | 855 | ||||||||||||
Total revenues |
16,699 | 21,230 | 54,406 | 70,617 | ||||||||||||
Interest expense |
8,650 | 13,272 | 31,525 | 42,141 | ||||||||||||
Net revenues |
8,049 | 7,958 | 22,881 | 28,476 | ||||||||||||
Non-interest expenses: |
||||||||||||||||
Compensation and benefits |
3,695 | 3,596 | 10,726 | 13,365 | ||||||||||||
Occupancy and equipment |
309 | 279 | 924 | 818 | ||||||||||||
Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees |
378 | 459 | 1,270 | 1,186 | ||||||||||||
Information processing and communications |
302 | 302 | 919 | 865 | ||||||||||||
Marketing and business development |
168 | 190 | 558 | 542 | ||||||||||||
Professional services |
457 | 507 | 1,308 | 1,436 | ||||||||||||
Other |
792 | 360 | 1,568 | 1,019 | ||||||||||||
Total non-interest expenses |
6,101 | 5,693 | 17,273 | 19,231 | ||||||||||||
Income from continuing operations before gains (losses) from unconsolidated investees and income taxes |
1,948 | 2,265 | 5,608 | 9,245 | ||||||||||||
Gains (losses) from unconsolidated investees |
8 | (19 | ) | 29 | (65 | ) | ||||||||||
Provision for income taxes |
531 | 772 | 1,635 | 3,029 | ||||||||||||
Income from continuing operations |
1,425 | 1,474 | 4,002 | 6,151 | ||||||||||||
Discontinued operations: |
||||||||||||||||
Net gain from discontinued operations |
| 111 | | 1,024 | ||||||||||||
Provision for income taxes |
| 42 | | 378 | ||||||||||||
Net gain on discontinued operations |
| 69 | | 646 | ||||||||||||
Net income |
$ | 1,425 | $ | 1,543 | $ | 4,002 | $ | 6,797 | ||||||||
Preferred stock dividend requirements |
$ | 11 | $ | 17 | $ | 42 | $ | 50 | ||||||||
Earnings applicable to common shareholders |
$ | 1,414 | $ | 1,526 | $ | 3,960 | $ | 6,747 | ||||||||
Earnings per basic common share: |
||||||||||||||||
Income from continuing operations |
$ | 1.36 | $ | 1.45 | $ | 3.83 | $ | 6.08 | ||||||||
Gain on discontinued operations |
| 0.07 | | 0.65 | ||||||||||||
Earnings per basic common share |
$ | 1.36 | $ | 1.52 | $ | 3.83 | $ | 6.73 | ||||||||
Earnings per diluted common share: |
||||||||||||||||
Income from continuing operations |
$ | 1.32 | $ | 1.38 | $ | 3.72 | $ | 5.79 | ||||||||
Gain on discontinued operations |
| 0.06 | | 0.61 | ||||||||||||
Earnings per diluted common share |
$ | 1.32 | $ | 1.44 | $ | 3.72 | $ | 6.40 | ||||||||
Average common shares outstanding: |
||||||||||||||||
Basic |
1,042,541,501 | 1,002,330,181 | 1,033,829,591 | 1,002,687,312 | ||||||||||||
Diluted |
1,072,015,729 | 1,057,495,875 | 1,065,689,131 | 1,053,683,836 | ||||||||||||
See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
3 |
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(dollars in millions)
Three Months Ended August 31, |
Nine Months Ended August 31, |
|||||||||||||||
2008 | 2007 | 2008 | 2007 | |||||||||||||
(unaudited) | (unaudited) | |||||||||||||||
Net income |
$ | 1,425 | $ | 1,543 | $ | 4,002 | $ | 6,797 | ||||||||
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax: |
||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustments(1) |
(169 | ) | 97 | (206 | ) | | ||||||||||
Net change in cash flow hedges(2) |
3 | 4 | 12 | 15 | ||||||||||||
Unrealized losses on securities available for sale(3) |
| (77 | ) | | (77 | ) | ||||||||||
Minimum pension liability adjustment(4) |
| | | 2 | ||||||||||||
Net amortization of actuarial loss(5) |
5 | | 14 | | ||||||||||||
Net amortization of prior-service credit(6) |
(2 | ) | | (4 | ) | | ||||||||||
Comprehensive income |
$ | 1,262 | $ | 1,567 | $ | 3,818 | $ | 6,737 | ||||||||
(1) | Amounts are net of provision for (benefit from) income taxes of $219 million and $(25) million for the quarters ended August 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Amounts are net of provision for (benefit from) income taxes of $150 million and $(12) million for the nine month periods ended August 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. |
(2) | Amounts are net of provision for income taxes of $5 million and $7 million for the quarters ended August 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Amounts are net of provision for income taxes of $9 million and $14 million for the nine month periods ended August 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. |
(3) | Amount is net of (benefit from) income taxes of $(51) million for the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2007. |
(4) | Amount is net of provision for income taxes of $2 million for the nine month period ended August 31, 2007. |
(5) | Amount is net of provision for income taxes of $4 million for the quarter ended August 31, 2008. |
Amount is net of provision for income taxes of $10 million for the nine month period ended August 31, 2008.
(6) | Amount is net of (benefit from) income taxes of $(1) million for the quarter ended August 31, 2008. |
Amount is net of (benefit from) income taxes of $(3) million for the nine month period ended August 31, 2008.
See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
4 |
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(dollars in millions)
Nine Months Ended August 31, |
||||||||
2008 | 2007 | |||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES |
||||||||
Net income |
$ | 4,002 | $ | 6,797 | ||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used for operating activities: |
||||||||
(Gains) losses from unconsolidated investees |
(29 | ) | 65 | |||||
Compensation payable in common stock and options |
1,672 | 2,132 | ||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
309 | 478 | ||||||
Provision for consumer loan losses |
| 472 | ||||||
Gains on business dispositions |
(2,232 | ) | (168 | ) | ||||
Changes in assets and liabilities: |
||||||||
Cash and securities deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements |
3,003 | (13,661 | ) | |||||
Financial instruments owned, net of financial instruments sold, not yet purchased |
23,870 | (41,680 | ) | |||||
Securities borrowed |
(1,057 | ) | 42,599 | |||||
Securities loaned |
(76,444 | ) | (5,112 | ) | ||||
Receivables and other assets |
41,018 | (24,532 | ) | |||||
Payables and other liabilities |
103,832 | 45,146 | ||||||
Securities purchased under agreements to resell |
(52,653 | ) | (1,123 | ) | ||||
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase |
(40,039 | ) | (14,212 | ) | ||||
Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities |
5,252 | (2,799 | ) | |||||
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES |
||||||||
Net (payments for) proceeds from: |
||||||||
Premises, equipment and software costs |
(1,123 | ) | (1,228 | ) | ||||
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired |
(174 | ) | (1,169 | ) | ||||
Business dispositions |
2,303 | 476 | ||||||
Net principal disbursed on consumer loans |
| (4,776 | ) | |||||
Sales of consumer loans |
| 5,301 | ||||||
Purchases of securities available for sale |
| (13,194 | ) | |||||
Sales of securities available for sale |
| 4,216 | ||||||
Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities |
1,006 | (10,374 | ) | |||||
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES |
||||||||
Net (payments for) proceeds from: |
||||||||
Short-term borrowings |
(20,336 | ) | 4,624 | |||||
Derivatives financing activities |
436 | 298 | ||||||
Other secured financings |
(5,052 | ) | (14,663 | ) | ||||
Deposits |
5,595 | 15,188 | ||||||
Tax benefits associated with stock-based awards |
47 | 242 | ||||||
Net proceeds from: |
||||||||
Issuance of common stock |
383 | 784 | ||||||
Issuance of long-term borrowings |
37,554 | 54,426 | ||||||
Issuance of junior subordinated debentures related to China Investment Corporation |
5,579 | | ||||||
Payments for: |
||||||||
Repayments of long-term borrowings |
(31,258 | ) | (21,970 | ) | ||||
Redemption of Capital Units |
| (66 | ) | |||||
Repurchases of common stock through capital management share repurchase program |
| (3,237 | ) | |||||
Repurchases of common stock for employee tax withholding |
(86 | ) | (282 | ) | ||||
Cash distribution in connection with the Discover Spin-off |
| (5,615 | ) | |||||
Cash dividends |
(935 | ) | (913 | ) | ||||
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities |
(8,073 | ) | 28,816 | |||||
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents |
(81 | ) | 339 | |||||
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents |
(1,896 | ) | 15,982 | |||||
Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period |
25,598 | 20,606 | ||||||
Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period |
$ | 23,702 | $ | 36,588 | ||||
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
Cash payments for interest were $30,217 million and $41,434 million for the nine month periods ended August 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
Cash payments for income taxes were $671 million and $2,764 million for the nine month periods ended August 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
5 |
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(UNAUDITED)
1. | Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies. |
The Company. Morgan Stanley (the Company) is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segmentsInstitutional Securities, Global Wealth Management Group and Asset Management.
A summary of the activities of each of the Companys business segments is as follows:
Institutional Securities includes capital raising; financial advisory services, including advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings, real estate and project finance; corporate lending; sales, trading, financing and market-making activities in equity and fixed income securities and related products, including foreign exchange and commodities; benchmark indices and risk management analytics; research; and investment activities.
Global Wealth Management Group provides brokerage and investment advisory services covering various investment alternatives; financial and wealth planning services; annuity and other insurance products; credit and other lending products; cash management services; retirement services; and trust and fiduciary services.
Asset Management provides global asset management products and services in equity, fixed income, alternative investments, which includes hedge funds and funds of funds, and merchant banking, which includes real estate, private equity and infrastructure, to institutional and retail clients through proprietary and third-party distribution channels. Asset Management also engages in investment activities.
Discontinued Operations.
Discover. On June 30, 2007, the Company completed the spin-off (the Discover Spin-off) of its business segment Discover Financial Services (DFS). The results of DFS through the date of the Discover Spin-off are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented.
Quilter Holdings Ltd. The results of Quilter Holdings Ltd. (Quilter) are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented through its sale on February 28, 2007. The results of Quilter were formerly included in the Global Wealth Management Group business segment.
See Note 15 for additional information on discontinued operations.
Basis of Financial Information. The condensed consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S., which require the Company to make estimates and assumptions regarding the valuations of certain financial instruments, the outcome of litigation and tax matters, incentive-based compensation accruals and other matters that affect the condensed consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The Company believes that the estimates utilized in the preparation of the condensed consolidated financial statements are prudent and reasonable. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates.
All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.
The condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Companys consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007 (the Form 10-K). The condensed consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for the fair statement of the results for the interim period. The results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results for the entire year.
6 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Consolidation. The condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its wholly owned subsidiaries, other entities in which the Company has a controlling financial interest and certain variable interest entities (VIEs).
For entities where (1) the total equity investment at risk is sufficient to enable the entity to finance its activities independently and (2) the equity holders bear the economic residual risks of the entity and have the right to make decisions about the entitys activities, the Company consolidates those entities it controls through a majority voting interest or otherwise. For entities that do not meet these criteria, commonly known as VIEs, the Company consolidates those entities where the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary when it absorbs a majority of the expected losses or a majority of the expected residual returns, or both, of such entities.
Notwithstanding the above, certain securitization vehicles, commonly known as qualifying special purpose entities (QSPEs), are not consolidated by the Company if they meet certain criteria regarding the types of assets and derivatives they may hold, the types of sales they may engage in and the range of discretion they may exercise in connection with the assets they hold (see Note 4).
For investments in entities in which the Company does not have a controlling financial interest but has significant influence over operating and financial decisions, the Company generally applies the equity method of accounting, except in instances where the Company has elected to measure certain eligible investments at fair value as defined in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (SFAS No. 159) (see Note 2).
Equity and partnership interests held by entities qualifying for accounting purposes as investment companies are carried at fair value.
The Companys U.S. and international subsidiaries include Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (MS&Co.), Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc (MSIP), Morgan Stanley Japan Securities Co., Ltd. (MSJS) and Morgan Stanley Investment Advisors Inc.
Income Statement Presentation. The Company, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. In connection with the delivery of the various products and services to clients, the Company manages its revenues and related expenses in the aggregate. As such, when assessing the performance of its businesses, the Company considers its principal trading, investment banking, commissions, and interest and dividend income, along with the associated interest expense, as one integrated activity for each of the Companys separate businesses.
The Companys cost infrastructure supporting its businesses varies by activity. In some cases, these costs are directly attributable to one line of business, and, in other cases, such costs relate to multiple businesses. As such, when assessing the performance of its businesses, the Company does not consider these costs separately but rather assesses performance in the aggregate along with the related revenues.
Therefore, the Companys pricing structure considers various items, including the level of expenses incurred directly and indirectly to support the cost infrastructure, the risk it incurs in connection with a transaction, the overall client relationship and the availability in the market for the particular product and/or service. Accordingly, the Company does not manage or capture the costs associated with the products or services sold or its general and administrative costs by revenue line, in total or by product.
7 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Revenue Recognition.
Investment Banking. Underwriting revenues and advisory fees from mergers, acquisitions and restructuring transactions are recorded when services for the transactions are determined to be completed, generally as set forth under the terms of the engagement. Transaction-related expenses, primarily consisting of legal, travel and other costs directly associated with the transaction, are deferred and recognized in the same period as the related investment banking transaction revenue. Underwriting revenues are presented net of related expenses. Non-reimbursed expenses associated with advisory transactions are recorded within Non-interest expenses.
Commissions. The Company generates commissions from executing and clearing customer transactions on stock, options and futures markets. Commission revenues are recognized in the accounts on trade date.
Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees. Asset management, distribution and administration fees are recognized over the relevant contract period. In certain management fee arrangements, the Company is entitled to receive performance-based fees (also referred to as incentive fees) when the return on assets under management exceeds certain benchmark returns or other performance targets. In such arrangements, performance fee revenue is accrued (or reversed) quarterly based on measuring account/fund performance to date versus the performance benchmark stated in the investment management agreement. Performance-based fees are recorded within Principal transactionsinvestments revenues or Asset management, distribution and administration fees depending on the nature of the arrangement.
Financial Instruments and Fair Value.
A significant portion of the Companys financial instruments is carried at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in earnings each period. A description of the Companys policies regarding fair value measurement and its application to these financial instruments follows.
Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value. All of the instruments within Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, are measured at fair value, either through the fair value option election (discussed below) or as required by other accounting pronouncements. These instruments primarily represent the Companys trading and investment activities and include both cash and derivative products. In addition, Securities received as collateral and Obligation to return securities received as collateral are measured at fair value as required by other accounting pronouncements. Additionally, certain Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings (primarily structured notes), certain Deposits, certain Other secured financings and certain Long-term borrowings (primarily structured notes and certain junior subordinated debentures) are measured at fair value through the fair value option election. Gains and losses on all of these instruments carried at fair value are reflected in Principal transactionstrading revenues or Principal transactionsinvestments revenues in the condensed consolidated statements of income. Interest income and expense and dividend income are recorded within the condensed consolidated statements of income depending on the nature of the instrument and related market conventions. When interest and dividends are included as a component of the instruments fair value, interest and dividends are included within Principal transactionstrading revenues or Principal transactionsinvestments revenues. Otherwise, they are included within Interest and dividend income or Interest expense.
Fair Value Option. The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 159 effective December 1, 2006. SFAS No. 159 provides entities the option to measure certain financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in earnings each period. SFAS No. 159 permits the fair value option election on an instrument-by-instrument basis at initial recognition of an asset or liability or upon an event that gives rise to a
8 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
new basis of accounting for that instrument. The Company applies the fair value option for certain eligible instruments, including certain loans and loan commitments, certain equity method investments, certain structured notes and certain junior subordinated debentures, certain commercial paper and other short-term borrowings, certain certificates of deposits and certain Other secured financings.
Fair Value MeasurementDefinition and Hierarchy. The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (SFAS No. 157), effective December 1, 2006. Under this standard, fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.
In determining fair value, the Company uses various valuation approaches. SFAS No. 157 establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Companys assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the observability of inputs as follows:
| Level 1Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access. Valuation adjustments and block discounts are not applied to Level 1 instruments. Since valuations are based on quoted prices that are readily and regularly available in an active market, valuation of these products does not entail a significant degree of judgment. |
Examples of assets and liabilities currently utilizing Level 1 inputs are: most U.S. Government securities; certain U.S. agency securities; certain other sovereign government obligations; and exchange-traded equity securities and listed derivatives that are actively traded.
| Level 2Valuations based on one or more quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly. |
Examples of assets and liabilities currently utilizing Level 2 inputs are: certain U.S. agency securities; municipal bonds; corporate bonds; certain corporate loans and loan commitments; certain residential and commercial mortgage-related instruments (including loans, securities and derivatives); most over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives; physical commodities; deposits; and most structured notes.
| Level 3Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement. |
Examples of assets and liabilities currently utilizing Level 3 inputs are: certain corporate loans and loan commitments; certain residential and commercial mortgage-related instruments (including loans, securities and derivatives); real estate and private equity investments; mortgage servicing rights; and long-dated or complex OTC derivatives.
The availability of observable inputs can vary from product to product and is affected by a wide variety of factors, including, for example, the type of product, whether the product is new and not yet established in the marketplace, the liquidity of markets and other characteristics particular to the transaction. To the extent that valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3. In certain cases, the inputs used to
9 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, for disclosure purposes the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement falls in its entirety is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.
Fair value is a market-based measure considered from the perspective of a market participant rather than an entity-specific measure. Therefore, even when market assumptions are not readily available, the Companys own assumptions are set to reflect those that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. The Company uses prices and inputs that are current as of the measurement date, including during periods of market dislocation. In periods of market dislocation, the observability of prices and inputs may be reduced for many instruments. This condition could cause an instrument to be reclassified from Level 1 to Level 2 or Level 2 to Level 3 (see Note 2).
Valuation Techniques. Many cash and OTC contracts have bid and ask prices that can be observed in the marketplace. Bid prices reflect the highest price that the Company and others are willing to pay for an asset. Ask prices represent the lowest price that the Company and others are willing to accept for an asset. For financial instruments whose inputs are based on bid-ask prices, the Company does not require that the fair value estimate always be a predetermined point in the bid-ask range. The Companys policy is to allow for mid-market pricing and adjusting to the point within the bid-ask range that meets the Companys best estimate of fair value. For offsetting positions in the same financial instrument, the same price within the bid-ask spread is used to measure both the long and short positions.
Fair value for many cash and OTC contracts is derived using pricing models. Pricing models take into account the contract terms (including maturity) as well as multiple inputs, including, where applicable, commodity prices, equity prices, interest rate yield curves, credit curves, creditworthiness of the counterparty, option volatility and currency rates. In accordance with SFAS No. 157, the impact of the Companys own credit spreads is also considered when measuring the fair value of liabilities, including OTC derivative contracts. Where appropriate, valuation adjustments are made to account for various factors such as liquidity risk (bid-ask adjustments), credit quality, concentration risk and model risk. These adjustments are subject to judgment, are applied on a consistent basis and are based upon observable inputs where available. The Company subjects all valuations and models to a review process on a periodic basis.
Financial Instruments Owned/Financial Instruments Sold, Not Yet PurchasedU.S. Government and Agency Securities
| U.S. Government Securities. U.S. government securities are valued using quoted market prices. Valuation adjustments are not applied. Accordingly, U.S. government securities are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. |
| U.S. Agency Securities. U.S. agency securities are comprised of two main categories consisting of agency issued debt and mortgage pass-throughs. Non-callable agency issued debt securities are generally valued using quoted market prices. Callable agency issued debt securities are valued through benchmarking model derived prices to quoted market prices and trade data for identical or comparable securities. Mortgage pass-throughs include To-be-announced (TBA) securities and mortgage pass-through certificates. TBA securities are generally valued using quoted market prices or are benchmarked thereto. Fair value of mortgage pass-through certificates are model driven with respect to the comparable TBA security. Actively traded non-callable agency issued debt securities and TBA securities are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Callable agency issued debt securities and mortgage pass-through certificates are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. |
10 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Financial Instruments Owned/Financial Instruments Sold, Not Yet PurchasedOther Sovereign Government Obligations. The fair value of foreign sovereign government obligations is generally based on quoted prices in active markets. When quoted prices are not available, fair value is determined based on a valuation model that has as inputs interest rate yield curves, cross-currency basis index spreads, and country credit spreads for structures similar to the bond in terms of issuer, maturity and seniority. These bonds are generally categorized in Levels 1 or 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
Financial Instruments Owned/Financial Instruments Sold, Not Yet PurchasedCorporate and Other Debt
| Corporate Bonds. The fair value of corporate bonds is estimated using recently executed transactions, market price quotations (where observable), bond spreads or credit default swap spreads. The spread data used are for the same maturity as the bond. If the spread data does not reference the issuer, then data that reference a comparable issuer is used. When observable price quotations are not available, fair value is determined based on cash flow models with yield curves, bond or single name credit default swap spreads and recovery rates based on collateral values as key inputs. Corporate bonds are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; in instances where significant inputs are unobservable, they are categorized in Level 3 of the hierarchy. |
| Corporate Loans and Loan Commitments. The fair value of corporate loans is estimated using recently executed transactions, market price quotations (where observable) and market observable credit default swap spread levels along with proprietary valuation models and default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable. The fair value of contingent corporate loan commitments is estimated by using executed transactions on comparable loans and the anticipated market price based on pricing indications from syndicate banks and customers. The valuation of these commitments also takes into account certain fee income. Corporate loans and loan commitments are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; in instances where significant inputs are unobservable, they are categorized in Level 3 of the hierarchy. |
| Municipal Bonds. The fair value of municipal bonds is estimated using recently executed transactions, market price quotations and pricing models that factor in, where applicable, interest rates, bond or credit default swap spreads and volatility. These bonds are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. |
| Mortgage Loans. Mortgage loans are valued using prices based on trade data for identical or comparable instruments. Where this data does not exist, such loans are valued based on origination price and collateral performance (credit events) since origination. Due to the subjectivity involved in the price derivation, the majority of loans are classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. |
| Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities (CMBS) and Asset-Backed Securities (ABS). CMBS and ABS may be valued based on external price/spread data. When position-specific external price data are not observable, the valuation is based on prices of comparable bonds. Valuation levels of ABS and CMBS indices are used as an additional data point for benchmarking purposes or to price outright index positions. CMBS and ABS are categorized in Level 3 if external prices or inputs are unobservable; otherwise they are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. |
| Auction Rate Securities (ARS). The Company primarily holds investments in Student Loan Auction Rate Securities (SLARS) and Municipal Auction Rate Securities (MARS) with interest rates that are reset through periodic auctions. SLARS are ABS backed by pools of student loans. MARS are municipal bonds often backed by municipal bond insurance. Due to the auction mechanism and generally liquid markets, ARS have historically traded and were valued at par. Beginning in fiscal year 2008, uncertainties |
11 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
in the credit markets have resulted in auctions failing for certain types of ARS. Once the auctions failed, ARS could no longer be valued using observations of auction market prices. Accordingly, the fair value of ARS is determined using independent external market data where available and an internally developed methodology to discount for the lack of liquidity and non-performance risk in the current market environment. |
The key drivers that impact the valuation of SLARS are the amount of leverage in each structure, credit rating and liquidity considerations.
The key drivers that impact the valuation of MARS are independent external market data, quality of underlying issuers and evidence of issuer calls. To the extent the valuation technique relies exclusively on observable external data, ARS are classified in Level 2; otherwise they are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
| Retained Interests in Securitization Transactions. Fair value for retained interests in securitized financial assets (in the form of one or more tranches of the securitization ) are determined using observable prices or, in cases where observable prices are not available for certain retained interests, the Company estimates fair value based on the present value of expected future cash flows using its best estimates of the key assumptions, including forecasted credit losses, prepayment rates, forward yield curves and discount rates commensurate with the risks involved. When observable prices are available, retained interests are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. When unobservable inputs are significant to the fair value measurement, albeit generally supportable by historical and actual benchmark data, retained interests are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. |
Financial Instruments Owned/Financial Instruments Sold, Not Yet PurchasedCorporate Equities
| Exchange-Traded Equity Securities. Exchange-traded equity securities are generally valued based on quoted prices from the exchange. To the extent these securities are actively traded, valuation adjustments are not applied and they are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. |
Financial Instruments Owned/Financial Instrument Sold, Not Yet PurchasedDerivative and Other Contracts
| Listed Derivative Contracts. Listed derivatives that are actively traded are valued based on quoted prices from the exchange and are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Listed derivatives that are not actively traded are valued using the same approaches as those applied to OTC derivatives; they are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. |
| OTC Derivative Contracts. OTC derivative contracts include forward, swap and option contracts related to interest rates, foreign currencies, credit standing of reference entities, equity prices or commodity prices. |
Depending on the product and the terms of the transaction, the fair value of OTC derivative products can be modeled using a series of techniques, including closed-form analytic formulae, such as the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, and simulation models or a combination thereof. Many pricing models do not entail material subjectivity because the methodologies employed do not necessitate significant judgment, and the pricing inputs are observed from actively quoted markets, as is the case for generic interest rate swap and option contracts. In the case of more established derivative products, the pricing models used by the Company are widely accepted by the financial services industry. A substantial majority of OTC derivative products valued by the Company using pricing models fall into this category and are categorized within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
12 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Other derivative products, typically the newest and most complex products, require more judgment in the implementation of the valuation technique applied due to the complexity of the valuation assumptions and the reduced observability of inputs. This includes derivative interests in certain mortgage-related collateralized debt obligation (CDO) securities, mortgage-related credit default swaps, basket credit default swaps and CDO-squared positions where direct trading activity or quotes are unobservable. These instruments involve significant unobservable inputs and are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
Derivative interests in mortgage-related CDOs, for which observability of external price data is extremely limited, are valued based on an evaluation of the market for similar positions as indicated by primary and secondary market activity in the cash CDO and synthetic CDO markets. Each position is evaluated independently taking into consideration the underlying collateral performance and pricing, behavior of the tranche under various cumulative loss and prepayment scenarios, deal structures (e.g., non-amortizing reference obligations, call features) and liquidity. While these factors may be supported by historical and actual external observations, the determination of their value as it relates to specific positions nevertheless requires significant judgment.
Mortgage-related credit default swaps are valued based on data from comparable credit instruments in the cash market and trades in comparable swaps as benchmarks, as prices and spreads for the specific credits subject to valuation tend to be of limited observability.
For basket credit default swaps and CDO-squared positions, the correlation between reference credits is often a significant input into the pricing model, in addition to several other more observable inputs such as credit spread, interest and recovery rates. As the correlation input is unobservable for each specific swap, it is benchmarked to standardized proxy baskets for which external data are available.
The Company trades various derivative structures with commodity underlyings. Depending on the type of structure, the model inputs generally include interest rate yield curves, commodity underlier spread curves, volatility of the underlying commodities and, in some cases, the correlation between these inputs. The fair value of these products is estimated using executed trades and broker and consensus data to provide values for the aforementioned inputs. Where these inputs are unobservable, relationships to observable commodities and data points, based on historic and/or implied observations, are employed as a technique to estimate the model input values. Commodity derivatives are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; in instances where significant inputs are unobservable, they are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
Financial Instruments OwnedInvestments
| Investments in Private Equity and Real Estate. The Companys investments in private equity and real estate take the form of direct private equity investments and investments in private equity and real estate funds. Initially, the transaction price is generally considered by the Company as the exit price and is the Companys best estimate of fair value. Thereafter, valuation is based on an assessment of each underlying investment, incorporating valuations that consider the evaluation of financing and sale transactions with third parties, expected cash flows and market-based information, including comparable company transactions, performance multiples and changes in market outlook, among other factors. These nonpublic investments are included in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy because they trade infrequently, and, therefore, the fair value is unobservable. |
Financial Instruments Owned/Financial Instruments Sold, Not Yet PurchasedPhysical Commodities. The Company trades various physical commodities, including crude oil and refined products, metals and agricultural
13 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
products. Fair value for physical commodities is determined using observable inputs, including broker quotations and published indices. Physical commodities are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
Deposits. The fair value of certificates of deposit is estimated using third-party quotations. These deposits are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
Commercial Paper and Other Short-term Borrowings/Long-Term Borrowings
| Structured Notes. The Company issues structured notes that have coupons or repayment terms linked to the performance of debt or equity securities, indices, currencies or commodities. Fair value of structured notes is estimated using valuation models described in this section for the derivative and debt features of the notes. These models incorporate observable inputs referencing identical or comparable securities, including prices that the notes are linked to, interest rate yield curves, option volatility and currency rates. The impact of the Companys own credit spreads is also included based on the Companys observed secondary bond market spreads. Most structured notes are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. |
Fair Value MeasurementOther.
The fair value of OTC financial instruments, including derivative contracts related to financial instruments and commodities, is presented in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of financial condition on a net-by-counterparty basis, when appropriate. Additionally, the Company nets fair value of cash collateral paid or received against fair value amounts recognized for net derivative positions executed with the same counterparty under the same master netting arrangement.
Hedge Accounting.
The Company applies hedge accounting for hedges involving various derivative financial instruments and non-U.S. dollar-denominated debt used to hedge interest rate, foreign exchange and credit risk arising from assets and liabilities not held at fair value. These derivative financial instruments are included within Financial instruments ownedDerivative and other contracts or Financial instruments sold, not yet purchasedDerivative and other contracts in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.
The Companys hedges are designated and qualify for accounting purposes as one of the following types of hedges: hedges of changes in fair value of assets and liabilities due to the risk being hedged (fair value hedges), hedges of the variability of future cash flows from floating rate assets and liabilities due to the risk being hedged (cash flow hedges) and hedges of net investments in foreign operations whose functional currency is different from the reporting currency of the parent company (net investment hedges).
For all hedges where hedge accounting is being applied, effectiveness testing and other procedures to ensure the ongoing validity of the hedges are performed at least monthly. The impact of hedge ineffectiveness on the condensed consolidated statements of income, primarily related to fair value hedges, was a gain of $119 million and $233 million for the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2008, respectively, and a gain of $67 million and $133 million for the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2007, respectively. The amount excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness was immaterial. If a derivative is de-designated as a hedge, it is thereafter accounted for as a financial instrument used for trading.
Fair Value HedgesInterest Rate Risk. In the first quarter of fiscal 2007, the Company began using regression analysis to perform an ongoing prospective and retrospective assessment of the effectiveness of these hedging
14 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
relationships (i.e., the Company applied the long-haul method of hedge accounting). A hedging relationship is deemed effective if the fair values of the hedging instrument (derivative) and the hedged item (debt liability) change inversely within a range of 80% to 125%. The Company considered the impact of valuation adjustments related to the Companys own credit spreads and counterparty credit spreads to determine whether they are material to the fair value of the individual derivatives designated in hedging relationships and whether they would cause the hedging relationship to be ineffective.
Previously, the Companys designated fair value hedges consisted primarily of interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges of changes in the benchmark interest rate of fixed rate borrowings, including both certificates of deposit and senior long-term borrowings. For these hedges, the Company ensured that the terms of the hedging instruments and hedged items matched and that other accounting criteria were met so that the hedges were assumed to have no ineffectiveness (i.e., the Company applied the shortcut method of hedge accounting). The Company also used interest rate swaps as fair value hedges of the benchmark interest rate risk of host contracts of equity-linked notes that contained embedded derivatives. For these hedging relationships, regression analysis was used for the prospective and retrospective assessments of hedge effectiveness.
For qualifying fair value hedges of benchmark interest rates, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and the changes in the fair value of the hedged liability provide offset of one another and, together with any resulting ineffectiveness, are recorded in Interest expense. When a derivative is de-designated as a hedge, any basis adjustment remaining on the hedged liability is amortized to Interest expense over the remaining life of the liability using the effective interest method.
Fair Value HedgesCredit Risk. Until the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007, the Company had designated a portion of a credit derivative embedded in a non-recourse structured note liability as a fair value hedge of the credit risk arising from a loan receivable to which the structured note liability was specifically linked. Regression analysis was used to perform prospective and retrospective assessments of hedge effectiveness for this hedge relationship. The changes in the fair value of the derivative and the changes in the fair value of the hedged item provided offset of one another and, together with any resulting ineffectiveness, were recorded in Principal transactionstrading revenues. This hedge was terminated in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007 upon derecognition of both the hedging instrument and the hedged item.
Cash Flow Hedges. The Company applies cash flow hedge accounting to interest rate swaps designated as hedges of the variability of future cash flows from floating rate liabilities due to the benchmark interest rate. The Company uses regression analysis to perform an ongoing prospective and retrospective assessment of the effectiveness of these hedging relationships. Changes in fair value of these interest rate swaps are recorded to Net change in cash flow hedges as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in Shareholders equity, net of tax effects, to the extent they are effective. Amounts recorded to Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are then reclassified to Interest expense as interest on the hedged borrowings is recognized. Any ineffective portion of the change in fair value of these instruments is recorded to Interest expense.
Before the sale of the aircraft leasing business in 2006, the Company applied hedge accounting to interest rate swaps used to hedge variable rate long-term borrowings associated with this business. Changes in the fair value of the swaps were recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in Shareholders equity, net of tax effects, and then reclassified to Interest expense as interest on the hedged borrowings was recognized.
In connection with the sale of the aircraft leasing business, the Company de-designated the interest rate swaps associated with this business effective August 31, 2005 and no longer accounts for them as cash flow hedges.
15 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Amounts in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) related to those interest rate swaps continue to be reclassified to Interest expense since the related borrowings remain outstanding.
Net Investment Hedges. The Company utilizes forward foreign exchange contracts and non-U.S. dollar-denominated debt to manage the currency exposure relating to its net investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency operations. No hedge ineffectiveness is recognized in earnings since the notional amounts of the hedging instruments equal the portion of the investments being hedged, and, where forward contracts are used, the currencies being exchanged are the functional currencies of the parent and investee; where debt instruments are used as hedges, they are denominated in the functional currency of the investee. The gain or loss from revaluing hedges of net investments in foreign operations at the spot rate is deferred and reported within Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in Shareholders equity, net of tax effects. The forward points on the hedging instruments are recorded in Interest and dividend revenues.
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
For purposes of these statements, cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and highly liquid investments not held for resale with maturities, when purchased, of three months or less. In connection with business acquisitions, the Company assumed liabilities of $77 million and $7,704 million in the nine month periods ended August 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. At May 31, 2008, the Company consolidated Crescent Real Estate Equities Limited Partnership (Crescent) assets and liabilities of approximately $4.7 billion and $3.9 billion, respectively.
Securitization Activities.
The Company engages in securitization activities related to commercial and residential mortgage loans, corporate bonds and loans, U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations and other types of financial assets (see Note 4). Generally, such transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when the Company has relinquished control over the transferred assets. The gain or loss on sale of such financial assets depends, in part, on the previous carrying amount of the assets involved in the transfer allocated between the assets sold and the retained interests based upon their respective fair values at the date of sale. Transfers that are not accounted for as sales are accounted for as secured borrowings.
Gains (losses) from Unconsolidated Investees.
The Company invests in unconsolidated investees that provide funds to develop low income communities, renewable energy sources and other structured transactions. These structures provide the Company with tax benefits and are not integral to the operations of the Company. The Company accounts for these investments under the equity method with net gains and losses from these investments recorded within Gains (losses) from unconsolidated investees and the applicable tax credits, expenses and benefits recorded within Provision for income taxes.
Deferred Compensation Arrangements.
The Company also maintains various deferred compensation plans for the benefit of certain employees that provide a return to the participating employees based upon the performance of various referenced investments. The Company often invests directly, as a principal, in such referenced investments related to its obligations to perform under the deferred compensation plans. Changes in value of such investments made by the Company are recorded primarily in Principal transactionsInvestments. Expenses associated with the related deferred compensation plans are recorded in Compensation and benefits.
16 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Accounting Developments.
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes. In July 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the FASB) issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (FIN 48). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in a companys financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in an income tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. As a result of the adoption of FIN 48 on December 1, 2007, the Company recorded a cumulative effect adjustment of approximately $92 million as a decrease to the opening balance of Retained earnings as of December 1, 2007 (see Note 13).
Employee Benefit Plans. In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, Employers Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R) (SFAS No. 158). In fiscal 2007, the Company adopted SFAS No. 158s requirement to recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of its defined benefit and postretirement plans as an asset or liability. In the first quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company recorded an after-tax charge of approximately $13 million ($21 million pre-tax) to Shareholders equity upon early adoption of SFAS No. 158s other requirement to use the fiscal year-end date as the measurement date.
Offsetting of Amounts Related to Certain Contracts. In April 2007, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (FSP) No. FIN 39-1, Amendment of FASB Interpretation No. 39, (FSP FIN 39-1). FSP FIN 39-1 amends certain provisions of FIN 39, Offsetting of Amounts Related to Certain Contracts, and permits companies to offset fair value amounts recognized for cash collateral receivables or payables against fair value amounts recognized for net derivative positions executed with the same counterparty under the same master netting arrangement. In accordance with the provisions of FSP FIN 39-1, the Company offset cash collateral receivables and payables against net derivative positions as of August 31, 2008. The adoption of FSP FIN 39-1 on December 1, 2007 did not have a material impact on the Companys condensed consolidated financial statements.
Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards. In June 2007, the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) reached consensus on Issue No. 06-11, Accounting for Income Tax Benefits of Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards (EITF No. 06-11). EITF No. 06-11 requires that the tax benefit related to dividend equivalents paid on restricted stock units that are expected to vest be recorded as an increase to additional paid-in capital. The Company currently accounts for this tax benefit as a reduction to its income tax provision. EITF Issue No. 06-11 is to be applied prospectively for tax benefits on dividends declared in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007 and interim periods within those years. The Company does not expect the adoption of EITF No. 06-11 to have a material impact on the Companys condensed consolidated financial statements.
Business Combinations. In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), Business Combinations (SFAS No. 141(R)). SFAS 141(R) requires the acquiring entity in a business combination to recognize the full fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction (whether a full or partial acquisition); establishes the acquisition-date fair value as the measurement objective for all assets acquired and liabilities assumed; requires expensing of most transaction and restructuring costs; and requires the acquirer to disclose to investors and other users all of the information needed to evaluate and understand the nature and financial effect of the business combination. SFAS No. 141(R) applies to all transactions or other events in which the Company obtains control of one or more businesses, including those sometimes referred to as true mergers or mergers
17 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
of equals and combinations achieved without the transfer of consideration, for example, by contract alone or through the lapse of minority veto rights. SFAS No. 141(R) applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008.
Noncontrolling Interests. In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statementsan amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51 (SFAS No. 160). SFAS No. 160 requires reporting entities to present noncontrolling (minority) interests as equity (as opposed to as a liability or mezzanine equity) and provides guidance on the accounting for transactions between an entity and noncontrolling interests. SFAS No. 160 applies prospectively for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2008. However, the presentation and disclosure requirements are to be applied retrospectively. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of adopting SFAS No. 160.
ASF Framework. In December 2007, the American Securitization Forum (ASF) issued the Streamlined Foreclosure and Loss Avoidance Framework for Securitized Subprime Adjustable Rate Mortgage Loans (the ASF Framework). The overall purpose of the ASF Framework is to provide recommended guidance for servicers to streamline borrower evaluation procedures and to facilitate the effective use of all forms of foreclosure and loss prevention efforts, including refinancings, forbearances, workout plans, loan modifications, deeds-in-lieu and short sales or short payoffs. The ASF Framework is focused on certain subprime first-lien adjustable rate residential mortgage loans (subprime ARM loans).
The Company adopted the ASF Framework during the first quarter of fiscal 2008, but has not yet modified a significant volume of loans using the ASF Framework. As of August 31, 2008, the Company modified approximately 1,060 subprime ARM loans eligible for fast track loan modification pursuant to the ASF Framework (eligible subprime ARM loans) with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of approximately $224 million.
The Company estimates that the aggregate unpaid principal balance of eligible subprime ARM loans in Company-sponsored QSPEs at August 31, 2008 (including loans that are not serviced by the Company) was approximately $3.5 billion. The classification of a subprime ARM loan depends on several factors, including the delinquency status of the loan, the credit strength of the borrower, the value of the real estate securing the loan and the level of interest rates.
The Company does not expect that its application of the ASF Framework will impact the off-balance sheet status of Company-sponsored QSPEs that hold eligible subprime ARM loans and currently expects the potential impact on its condensed consolidated statements of income to be immaterial. The total amount of assets owned by Company-sponsored QSPEs that hold subprime ARM loans (including those loans that are not serviced by the Company) as of August 31, 2008, was approximately $36.6 billion. Of this amount, approximately $14.5 billion relates to subprime ARM loans serviced by the Company. The Companys retained interests in Company sponsored QSPEs that hold subprime ARM loans totaled approximately $33 million as of August 31, 2008.
Transfers of Financial Assets and Repurchase Financing Transactions. In February 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 140-3, Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets and Repurchase Financing Transactions (FSP FAS No. 140-3). The objective of FSP FAS 140-3 is to provide implementation guidance on accounting for a transfer of a financial asset and repurchase financing. Under the guidance in FSP FAS 140-3, there is a presumption that an initial transfer of a financial asset and a repurchase financing are considered part of the same arrangement (i.e., a linked transaction) for purposes of evaluation under SFAS No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities (SFAS No. 140). If certain
18 | 3 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
criteria are met, however, the initial transfer and repurchase financing shall not be evaluated as a linked transaction and shall be evaluated separately under SFAS No. 140. FSP FAS 140-3 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company does not expect the adoption of FSP FAS 140-3 to have a material impact on the Companys condensed consolidated financial statements.
Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (SFAS No. 161). SFAS No. 161 amends and expands the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, and requires entities to provide enhanced qualitative disclosures about objectives and strategies for using derivatives, quantitative disclosures about fair values and amounts of gains and losses on derivative contracts, and disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative agreements. SFAS No. 161 will be effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008.
Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets. In April 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 142-3, Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets (FSP FAS 142-3). FSP FAS 142-3 removes the requirement of SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (SFAS No. 142) for an entity to consider, when determining the useful life of an acquired intangible asset, whether the intangible asset can be renewed without substantial cost or material modifications to the existing terms and conditions associated with the intangible asset. FSP FAS 142-3 replaces the previous useful-life assessment criteria with a requirement that an entity considers its own experience in renewing similar arrangements. If the entity has no relevant experience, it would consider market participant assumptions regarding renewal. FSP FAS 142-3 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of adopting FSP FAS 142-3.
Earnings Per Share. In June 2008, the FASB issued FSP EITF 03-6-1, Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities (FSP EITF 03-6-1). FSP EITF 03-6-1 addresses whether instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are participating securities prior to vesting and, therefore, need to be included in the earnings allocation in computing earnings per share under the two-class method as described in SFAS No. 128, Earnings per Share. Under the guidance in FSP EITF 03-6-1, unvested share-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and shall be included in the computation of earnings per share pursuant to the two-class method. FSP EITF 03-6-1 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. All prior-period earnings per share data presented shall be adjusted retrospectively. Early application is not permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of adopting FSP EITF 03-6-1.
Instruments Indexed to an Entitys Own Stock. In June 2008, the FASB ratified the consensus reached by the EITF on Issue No. 07-5, Determining Whether an Instrument (or Embedded Feature) Is Indexed to an Entitys Own Stock (EITF No. 07-5). EITF No. 07-5 provides guidance for determining whether an equity-linked financial instrument (or embedded feature) is indexed to an entitys own stock. EITF No. 07-5 applies to any freestanding financial instrument or embedded feature that has all of the characteristics of a derivative or freestanding instrument that is potentially settled in an entitys own stock (with the exception of share-based payment awards within the scope of SFAS 123(R)). To meet the definition of indexed to own stock, an instruments contingent exercise provisions must not be based on (a) an observable market, other than the market for the issuers stock (if applicable), or (b) an observable index, other than an index calculated or measured solely by reference to the issuers own operations, and the variables that could affect the settlement amount must be inputs to the fair value of a fixed-for-fixed forward or option on equity shares. EITF No. 07-5 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of adopting EITF No. 07-5.
19 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Disclosures about Credit Derivatives. In September 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 133-1 and FIN 45-4, Disclosures about Credit Derivatives and Certain Guarantees: An Amendment of FASB Statement 133 and FASB Interpretation No. 45; and Clarification of the Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 161 (FSP FAS 133-1 and FIN 45-4). FSP FAS 133-1 and FIN 45-4 is intended to improve disclosures about credit derivatives by requiring more information about the potential adverse effects of changes in credit risk on the financial position, financial performance, and cash flows of the sellers of credit derivatives. FSP FAS 133-1 and FIN 45-4 will be effective for the Companys fiscal 2008 annual consolidated financial statements.
Fair Value Measurements. On October 3, 2008, the FASB issued the proposed FSP FAS 157-d, Determining Fair Value in a Market That Is Not Active (FSP FAS 157-d), on an expedited basis to help constituents measure fair value in markets that are not active. FSP FAS 157-d is expected to be consistent with the joint press release the FASB issued with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) on September 30, 2008, which provides general clarification guidance on determining fair value under SFAS No. 157 when markets are inactive. The FASB is expected to meet on October 10, 2008, to review comments received and vote on a final FSP which would be effective upon issuance. The Company will evaluate the impact of adopting the final FSP once issued.
Transfers of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities and Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities. In September 2008, the FASB issued for comment revisions to SFAS No. 140 and FASB Interpretation No. 46, as revised (FIN 46R), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities. The changes proposed include a removal of the scope exemption from FIN 46R for QSPEs, a revision of the current risks and rewards-based FIN 46R consolidation model to a qualitative model based on control and a requirement that consolidation of VIEs be reevaluated on an ongoing basis. Although the revised standards have not yet been finalized, these changes may have a significant impact on the Companys condensed consolidated financial statements as the Company may be required to consolidate QSPEs to which the Company has previously sold assets. In addition, the Company may also be required to consolidate other VIEs that are not currently consolidated based an analysis under the current FIN 46R consolidation model. The proposed revisions would be effective for fiscal years that begin after November 15, 2009.
20 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
2. | Fair Value Disclosures. |
Fair Value Measurements.
The Companys assets and liabilities recorded at fair value have been categorized based upon a fair value hierarchy in accordance with SFAS No. 157. See Note 1 for a discussion of the Companys policies regarding this hierarchy.
The following fair value hierarchy tables present information about the Companys assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of August 31, 2008 and November 30, 2007:
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis as of August 31, 2008
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) |
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) |
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) |
Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting |
Balance as of August 31, 2008 | ||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||||
Assets |
||||||||||||||||
Cash and securities deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements |
$ | 21,775 | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 21,775 | ||||||
Financial instruments owned: |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. government and agency securities |
10,785 | 17,816 | 354 | | 28,955 | |||||||||||
Other sovereign government obligations |
28,629 | 7,382 | 25 | | 36,036 | |||||||||||
Corporate and other debt |
133 | 85,774 | 32,979 | | 118,886 | |||||||||||
Corporate equities |
75,928 | 4,403 | 980 | | 81,311 | |||||||||||
Derivative and other contracts(1) |
3,112 | 128,011 | 31,454 | (74,997 | ) | 87,580 | ||||||||||
Investments |
654 | 1,840 | 12,305 | | 14,799 | |||||||||||
Physical commodities |
| 3,988 | | | 3,988 | |||||||||||
Total financial instruments owned |
119,241 | 249,214 | 78,097 | (74,997 | ) | 371,555 | ||||||||||
Securities received as collateral |
15,737 | 3,496 | 2 | | 19,235 | |||||||||||
Intangible assets(2) |
| | 278 | | 278 | |||||||||||
Liabilities |
||||||||||||||||
Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings |
$ | | $ | 3,858 | $ | | $ | | $ | 3,858 | ||||||
Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased: |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. government and agency securities |
8,805 | 1,414 | | | 10,219 | |||||||||||
Other sovereign government obligations |
13,058 | 4,709 | | | 17,767 | |||||||||||
Corporate and other debt |
67 | 10,125 | 1,202 | | 11,394 | |||||||||||
Corporate equities |
40,548 | 1,619 | 13 | | 42,180 | |||||||||||
Derivative and other contracts(1) |
5,022 | 103,280 | 16,302 | (56,203 | ) | 68,401 | ||||||||||
Physical commodities |
| 464 | | | 464 | |||||||||||
Total financial instruments sold, not yet purchased |
67,500 | 121,611 | 17,517 | (56,203 | ) | 150,425 | ||||||||||
Obligation to return securities received as collateral |
15,737 | 3,496 | 2 | | 19,235 | |||||||||||
Other secured financings |
| 19,695 | 3,025 | | 22,720 | |||||||||||
Long-term borrowings |
| 37,472 | 5,642 | | 43,114 |
(1) | For positions with the same counterparty that cross over the levels of the fair value hierarchy, both counterparty netting and cash collateral netting are included in the column titled Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting. For contracts with the same counterparty, counterparty netting among positions classified within the same level is included within that level. |
(2) | Amount represents mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) accounted for at fair value (see Note 4). |
21 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis as of November 30, 2007
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) |
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) |
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) |
Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting |
Balance as of November 30, 2007 | ||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||||
Assets |
||||||||||||||||
Cash and securities deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements |
$ | 31,354 | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 31,354 | ||||||
Financial instruments owned: |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. government and agency securities |
11,038 | 12,189 | 660 | | 23,887 | |||||||||||
Other sovereign government obligations |
15,834 | 5,743 | 29 | | 21,606 | |||||||||||
Corporate and other debt |
223 | 110,443 | 37,058 | | 147,724 | |||||||||||
Corporate equities |
82,592 | 3,549 | 1,236 | | 87,377 | |||||||||||
Derivative and other contracts(1) |
4,526 | 90,654 | 21,601 | (39,778 | ) | 77,003 | ||||||||||
Investments |
953 | 249 | 13,068 | | 14,270 | |||||||||||
Physical commodities |
| 3,096 | | | 3,096 | |||||||||||
Total financial instruments owned |
115,166 | 225,923 | 73,652 | (39,778 | ) | 374,963 | ||||||||||
Securities received as collateral |
68,031 | 14,191 | 7 | | 82,229 | |||||||||||
Intangible assets(2) |
| 428 | | | 428 | |||||||||||
Liabilities |
||||||||||||||||
Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings |
$ | | $ | 3,068 | $ | | $ | | $ | 3,068 | ||||||
Deposits |
| 3,769 | | | 3,769 | |||||||||||
Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased: |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. government and agency securities |
8,208 | 13 | | | 8,221 | |||||||||||
Other sovereign government obligations |
9,633 | 5,994 | | | 15,627 | |||||||||||
Corporate and other debt |
16 | 6,454 | 1,122 | | 7,592 | |||||||||||
Corporate equities |
29,948 | 935 | 16 | | 30,899 | |||||||||||
Derivative and other contracts(1) |
7,031 | 86,968 | 15,663 | (38,058 | ) | 71,604 | ||||||||||
Physical commodities |
| 398 | | | 398 | |||||||||||
Total financial instruments sold, not yet purchased |
54,836 | 100,762 | 16,801 | (38,058 | ) | 134,341 | ||||||||||
Obligation to return securities received as collateral |
68,031 | 14,191 | 7 | | 82,229 | |||||||||||
Other secured financings |
| 25,451 | 2,321 | | 27,772 | |||||||||||
Long-term borrowings |
| 37,994 | 398 | | 38,392 |
(1) | For positions with the same counterparty that cross over the levels of the fair value hierarchy, both counterparty netting and cash collateral netting are included in the column titled Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting. For contracts with the same counterparty, counterparty netting among positions classified within the same level is included within that level. |
(2) | Amount represents MSRs accounted for at fair value (see Note 4). |
22 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
The following tables present additional information about Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the quarters and nine month periods ended August 31, 2008 and August 31, 2007. Level 3 instruments may be hedged with instruments classified in Level 1 and Level 2. As a result, the realized and unrealized gains or (losses) for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category presented in the tables below do not reflect the related realized and unrealized gains or (losses) on hedging instruments that have been classified by the Company within the Level 1 and/or Level 2 categories. Additionally, both observable and unobservable inputs may be used to determine the fair value of positions that the Company has classified within the Level 3 category. As a result, the unrealized gains or (losses) during the period for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category presented in the tables below may include changes in fair value during the period that were attributable to both observable (e.g., changes in market interest rates) and unobservable (e.g., changes in unobservable long-dated volatilities) inputs.
The following tables reflect gains and losses, including gains and losses on assets and liabilities that were transferred to Level 3 during the period, for the quarters and nine month periods for all assets and liabilities categorized as Level 3 as of August 31, 2008 and August 31, 2007, respectively. The tables do not include gains or losses that were reported in Level 3 in prior periods for instruments that were transferred out of Level 3 prior to the end of the period presented.
Changes in Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for the Three Months Ended August 31, 2008
Beginning Balance |
Total Realized and Unrealized Gains or (Losses)(1) |
Purchases, Sales, Other Settlements and Issuances, net |
Net Transfers In and/or (Out) of Level 3 |
Ending Balance |
Unrealized Gains or (Losses) for Level 3 Assets/ Liabilities Outstanding at August 31, 2008 |
|||||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial instruments owned: |
||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. government and agency securities |
$ | 274 | $ | 4 | $ | 24 | $ | 52 | $ | 354 | $ | 4 | ||||||||||
Other sovereign government obligations |
28 | (1 | ) | 6 | (8 | ) | 25 | | ||||||||||||||
Corporate and other debt |
29,675 | (1,217 | ) | 1,614 | 2,907 | 32,979 | (1,318 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Corporate equities |
1,221 | (134 | ) | (191 | ) | 84 | 980 | (105 | ) | |||||||||||||
Net derivative and other contracts(2) |
14,149 | 2,638 | (1,351 | ) | (284 | ) | 15,152 | 3,831 | ||||||||||||||
Investments |
12,720 | (373 | ) | (42 | ) | | 12,305 | (400 | ) | |||||||||||||
Securities received as collateral |
4 | | (2 | ) | | 2 | | |||||||||||||||
Intangible assets |
| (71 | ) | 8 | 341 | 278 | (69 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Liabilities |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased: |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate and other debt |
$ | 876 | $ | 159 | $ | 486 | $ | (1 | ) | $ | 1,202 | $ | 80 | |||||||||
Corporate equities |
120 | 30 | (77 | ) | | 13 | | |||||||||||||||
Obligation to return securities received as collateral |
4 | | (2 | ) | | 2 | | |||||||||||||||
Other secured financings |
3,331 | | (306 | ) | | 3,025 | | |||||||||||||||
Long-term borrowings |
5,815 | 133 | (30 | ) | (10 | ) | 5,642 | 118 |
(1) | Total realized and unrealized gains or (losses) are primarily included in Principal transactionstrading in the condensed consolidated statements of income. |
(2) | Net derivative and other contracts represent Financial instruments ownedderivative and other contracts net of Financial instruments sold, not yet purchasedderivative and other contracts. |
23 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchasedCorporate and other debt. The net losses from Corporate and other debt were primarily due to writedowns on certain corporate loans, asset-backed securities and collateralized debt obligation cash positions.
Amounts included in the Purchases, sales, other settlements and issuances, net column primarily relate to net purchases of mortgage proprietary products and corporate loans.
The Company reclassified certain Corporate and other debt from Level 2 to Level 3. These transfers primarily related to certain corporate loans, corporate bonds, asset-backed securities and collateralized debt obligations. The reclassifications were due to a reduction in the volume of recently executed transactions and market price quotations for these instruments such that the inputs for these instruments became unobservable. Partially offsetting the reclassifications to Level 3 were reclassifications from Level 3 to Level 2 of certain corporate loans and loan commitments as some liquidity re-entered the market for these specific positions and inputs for these instruments became observable.
Financial instruments ownedNet derivative and other contracts. The net gains from Net derivative and other contracts were primarily driven by bespoke basket default swaps and single name credit default swaps.
Amounts included in the Purchases, sales, other settlements and issuances, net column primarily relate to net sales of mortgage proprietary and securitized credit products.
Intangible assets. The Company reclassified MSRs from Level 2 to Level 3 as significant inputs to the valuation model became unobservable during the period.
24 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Changes in Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for the Three Months Ended August 31, 2007
Beginning Balance |
Total Realized and Unrealized Gains or (Losses)(1) |
Purchases, Sales, Other Settlements and Issuances, net |
Net Transfers In and/or (Out) of Level 3 |
Ending Balance |
Unrealized Gains or (Losses) for Level 3 Assets/ Liabilities Outstanding at August 31, 2007 |
|||||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial instruments owned: |
||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. government and agency securities |
$ | 63 | $ | 15 | $ | 2,098 | $ | | $ | 2,176 | $ | 1 | ||||||||||
Other sovereign government obligations |
24 | 1 | 48 | | 73 | | ||||||||||||||||
Corporate and other debt |
35,264 | (1,798 | ) | 6,383 | 3,496 | 43,345 | (1,705 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Corporate equities |
1,504 | (50 | ) | (30 | ) | 262 | 1,686 | 39 | ||||||||||||||
Net derivative and other contracts(2) |
1,918 | 5,347 | (482 | ) | 1,121 | 7,904 | 5,386 | |||||||||||||||
Investments |
8,528 | 555 | 2,163 | 143 | 11,389 | 433 | ||||||||||||||||
Securities received as collateral |
| | 240 | | 240 | | ||||||||||||||||
Other investments |
| (22 | ) | 1,603 | 54 | 1,635 | (22 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Other assets(3) |
2,446 | | (2,446 | ) | | | | |||||||||||||||
Liabilities |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased: |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate and other debt |
$ | 89 | $ | (613 | ) | $ | 586 | $ | 136 | $ | 1,424 | $ | (615 | ) | ||||||||
Corporate equities |
63 | 1 | (25 | ) | (1 | ) | 36 | (3 | ) | |||||||||||||
Obligation to return securities received as collateral |
| | 240 | | 240 | | ||||||||||||||||
Other secured financings |
8,348 | | (913 | ) | | 7,435 | | |||||||||||||||
Long-term borrowings |
446 | 28 | (1 | ) | | 417 | 27 |
(1) | Total realized and unrealized gains or (losses) are included in Principal transactionstrading in the condensed consolidated statements of income except for $555 million related to Financial instruments ownedinvestments, which is included in Principal transactionsinvestments. In addition, $(22) million related to Other investments, which is included in Other comprehensive income. |
(2) | Net derivative and other contracts represent Financial instruments ownedderivative and other contracts net of Financial instrument sold, not yet purchased derivative and other contracts. |
(3) | Other assets were disposed of in connection with the Discover Spin-off. |
Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchasedCorporate and other debt. The net losses were primarily driven by certain asset backed securities, including residential and commercial mortgage loans, and by corporate loans and loan commitments.
Financial instruments ownedNet derivative and other contracts. The net gains in Level 3 Net derivative and other contracts were primarily driven by certain credit default swaps and other instruments associated with the Companys credit products and securitized products activities. The Company recorded offsetting net losses in Level 2 Net derivative and other contracts, which were primarily associated with the Companys credit products and securitized products activities.
25 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Financial instruments ownedInvestments. The net gains from Financial instruments ownedinvestments were primarily related to investments associated with the Companys real estate products and private equity portfolio.
Changes in Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for the Nine Months Ended August 31, 2008
Beginning Balance |
Total Realized and Unrealized Gains or (Losses)(1) |
Purchases, Sales, Other Settlements and Issuances, net |
Net Transfers In and/or (Out) of Level 3 |
Ending Balance |
Unrealized Gains or (Losses) for Level 3 Assets/ Liabilities Outstanding at August 31, 2008 |
|||||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial instruments owned: |
||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. government and agency securities |
$ | 660 | $ | 47 | $ | (239 | ) | $ | (114 | ) | $ | 354 | $ | 16 | ||||||||
Other sovereign government obligations |
29 | (4 | ) | 1 | (1 | ) | 25 | | ||||||||||||||
Corporate and other debt |
37,058 | (5,328 | ) | 791 | 458 | 32,979 | (3,734 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Corporate equities |
1,236 | (142 | ) | (94 | ) | (20 | ) | 980 | (78 | ) | ||||||||||||
Net derivative and other contracts(2) |
5,938 | 8,578 | 1,226 | (590 | ) | 15,152 | 7,943 | |||||||||||||||
Investments |
13,068 | (626 | ) | 1,665 | (1,802 | ) | 12,305 | (514 | ) | |||||||||||||
Securities received as collateral |
7 | | (5 | ) | | 2 | | |||||||||||||||
Intangible assets |
| (162 | ) | 19 | 421 | 278 | (160 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Liabilities |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased: |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate and other debt |
$ | 1,122 | $ | 57 | $ | 109 | $ | 28 | $ | 1,202 | $ | (111 | ) | |||||||||
Corporate equities |
16 | (300 | ) | (364 | ) | 61 | 13 | 4 | ||||||||||||||
Obligation to return securities received as collateral |
7 | | (5 | ) | | 2 | | |||||||||||||||
Other secured financings |
2,321 | | 704 | | 3,025 | | ||||||||||||||||
Long-term borrowings |
398 | 100 | 5,636 | (292 | ) | 5,642 | 116 |
(1) | Total realized and unrealized gains or (losses) are primarily included in Principal transactionstrading in the condensed consolidated statements of income. |
(2) | Net derivative and other contracts represent Financial instruments ownedderivative and other contracts net of Financial instruments sold, not yet purchasedderivative and other contracts. |
Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchasedCorporate and other debt. The net losses in Level 3 Corporate and other debt were primarily driven by certain asset-backed securities, including residential and commercial mortgage loans, certain collateralized debt obligations (including collateralized bond obligations and collateralized loan obligations) and by corporate loans and loan commitments.
Financial instruments ownedNet derivative and other contracts. The net gains in Level 3 Net derivative and other contracts were primarily driven by certain basket default swaps and single name default swaps.
26 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Financial instruments ownedInvestments. The Company reclassified investments from Level 3 to Level 2 because certain significant inputs for the fair value measurement were identified and, therefore, became observable.
Long-term borrowings. Amounts included in the Purchases, sales, other settlements and issuances, net column primarily relates to the issuance of junior subordinated debentures related to China Investment Corporation investment (see Note 10).
Intangible assets. The Company reclassified MSRs from Level 2 to Level 3 as significant inputs to the valuation model became unobservable during the period.
Changes in Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for the Nine Months Ended August 31, 2007
Beginning Balance |
Total Realized and Unrealized Gains or (Losses)(1) |
Purchases, Sales, Other Settlements and Issuances, net |
Net Transfers In and/or (Out) of Level 3 |
Ending Balance |
Unrealized Gains or (Losses) for Level 3 Assets/ Liabilities Outstanding at August 31, 2007 |
||||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Assets |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Financial instruments owned: |
|||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. government and agency securities |
$ | 2 | $ | 5 | $ | 2,169 | $ | | $ | 2,176 | $ | | |||||||||
Other sovereign government obligations |
162 | 11 | (100 | ) | | 73 | 3 | ||||||||||||||
Corporate and other debt |
33,941 | (3,015 | ) | 8,929 | 3,490 | 43,345 | (1,337 | ) | |||||||||||||
Corporate equities |
1,040 | 75 | 328 | 243 | 1,686 | 362 | |||||||||||||||
Net derivative and other contracts(2) |
30 | 7,155 | (701 | ) | 1,420 | 7,904 | 8,503 | ||||||||||||||
Investments |
3,879 | 1,989 | 5,504 | 17 | 11,389 | 1,560 | |||||||||||||||
Securities received as collateral |
40 | | 200 | | 240 | | |||||||||||||||
Other investments |
| (22 | ) | 1,603 | 54 | 1,635 | (22 | ) | |||||||||||||
Other assets(3) |
2,154 | 32 | (2,186 | ) | | | | ||||||||||||||
Liabilities |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased: |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate and other debt |
$ | 185 | $ | (716 | ) | $ | 200 | $ | 323 | $ | 1,424 | $ | (770 | ) | |||||||
Corporate equities |
9 | (9 | ) | 14 | 4 | 36 | (2 | ) | |||||||||||||
Obligation to return securities received as collateral |
40 | | 200 | | 240 | | |||||||||||||||
Other secured financings |
4,724 | | 2,711 | | 7,435 | | |||||||||||||||
Long-term borrowings |
464 | (76 | ) | (123 | ) | | 417 | (76 | ) |
(1) | Total realized and unrealized gains or (losses) are included in Principal transactionstrading in the condensed consolidated statements of income except for amounts of $1,978 million and $11 million related to Financial instruments ownedinvestments, which are included in Principal transactionsinvestments and Other revenues, respectively. In addition, $(22) million related to Other investments, which is included in Other comprehensive income and the $32 million related to Other assets is associated with DFS and included in discontinued operations. |
(2) | Net derivative and other contracts represent Financial instruments ownedderivative and other contracts net of Financial instrument sold, not yet purchased derivative and other contracts. |
(3) | Other assets were disposed of in connection with the Discover Spin-off. |
27 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchasedCorporate and other debt. The net losses in Level 3 Corporate and other debt were primarily driven by certain asset backed securities, including residential and commercial mortgage loans, and by corporate loans and loan commitments.
Financial instruments ownedNet derivative and other contracts. The net gains from Net derivative and other contracts were primarily driven by certain credit default swaps and other instruments associated with the Companys credit products and securitized products activities. The Company recorded offsetting net losses in Level 2 Net derivative and other contracts, which were primarily associated with the Companys credit products and securitized products activities.
Financial instruments ownedInvestments. The net gains from Financial instruments ownedinvestments were primarily related to investments associated with the Companys real estate products and private equity portfolio.
Fair Value Option.
The following tables present gains and (losses) due to changes in fair value for items measured at fair value pursuant to the fair value option election for the quarters and nine month periods ended August 31, 2008 and 2007. In addition to the amounts below, as discussed in Note 1, all of the instruments within Financial instruments owned or Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased are measured at fair value, either through the election of SFAS No. 159 or as required by other accounting pronouncements.
Principal Transactions: Trading |
Net Interest Revenue |
Gains (Losses) Included in Net Revenues |
||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||
Three Months Ended August 31, 2008 |
||||||||||||
Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings |
$ | 277 | $ | | $ | 277 | ||||||
Deposits |
5 | | 5 | |||||||||
Long-term borrowings |
3,528 | (27 | ) | 3,501 | ||||||||
Three Months Ended August 31, 2007 |
||||||||||||
Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings |
$ | (44 | ) | $ | (6 | ) | $ | (50 | ) | |||
Deposits |
(2 | ) | | (2 | ) | |||||||
Long-term borrowings |
107 | (90 | ) | 17 | ||||||||
Nine Months Ended August 31, 2008 |
||||||||||||
Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings |
$ | 428 | $ | (2 | ) | $ | 426 | |||||
Deposits |
(5 | ) | | (5 | ) | |||||||
Long-term borrowings |
3,912 | (555 | ) | 3,357 | ||||||||
Nine Months Ended August 31, 2007 |
||||||||||||
Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings |
$ | (144 | ) | $ | (11 | ) | $ | (155 | ) | |||
Deposits |
(1 | ) | | (1 | ) | |||||||
Long-term borrowings |
83 | (268 | ) | (185 | ) |
For the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2008, the estimated changes in the fair value of the Companys short-term and long-term borrowings, including structured notes and junior subordinated debentures, for
28 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
which the fair value option was elected that were attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit spreads were gains of approximately $1,595 million and $2,571 million, respectively. The gains were attributable to the widening of the Companys credit spreads and were determined based upon observations of the Companys secondary bond market spreads. For the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2007, the estimated changes in the fair value of the Companys short-term and long-term borrowings, including structured notes and junior subordinated debentures, for which the fair value option was elected that were attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit spreads were gains of approximately $390 million. As of August 31, 2008 and November 30, 2007, the aggregate contractual principal amount of long-term debt instruments for which the fair value option was elected exceeded the fair value of such instruments by approximately $5,027 million and $1,572 million, respectively.
The estimated changes in the fair value of certain financial instruments included in Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, for which the fair value option was elected that was attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit spreads were gains of approximately $309 million and $260 million, respectively, in the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2008. The gains were related to contingent loan commitments. These contingent loan commitments closed and, accordingly, the contracts were reclassified from Financial instruments sold, not yet purchasedCorporate and other debt to Financial instruments ownedCorporate and other debt as the contracts became funded loan assets. The gains on contingent loan commitments discussed above were partially offset by losses on loan assets for the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2008. See discussion below regarding changes in instrument-specific credit spreads related to loan assets. For the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2007, the estimated changes in the fair value of certain financial instruments included in Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased for which the fair value option was elected that were attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit spreads were losses of approximately $750 million. This loss was related to contingent loan commitments and was attributable to the illiquid market conditions that existed late in the third quarter of fiscal 2007. It was generally determined based on the differential between estimated expected client yields at August 31, 2007 and contractual yields.
As of August 31, 2008 and November 30, 2007, the aggregate contractual principal amount of loans for which the fair value option was elected exceeded the fair value of such loans by approximately $24,525 million and $28,880 million, respectively. The aggregate fair value of loans that were 90 or more days past due as of August 31, 2008 and November 30, 2007 was $2,081 million and $6,588 million, respectively. The aggregate contractual principal amount of such loans 90 or more days past due exceeded their fair value by approximately $19,914 million and $23,501 million at August 31, 2008 and November 30, 2007, respectively. This difference in amount primarily emanates from the Companys distressed debt trading business, which purchases distressed debt at amounts well below par.
For the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2008, changes in the fair value of loans for which the fair value option was elected that were attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit spreads were losses of $687 million and $1,606 million, respectively. Instrument-specific credit losses were determined by excluding the non-credit components of gains and losses, such as those due to changes in interest rates. For the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2007, changes in the fair value of loans for which the fair value option was elected that were attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit spreads were losses of $1,309 million and $1,093 million, respectively.
3. | Collateralized Transactions. |
Securities purchased under agreements to resell (reverse repurchase agreements) and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (repurchase agreements), principally government and agency securities, are carried at the amounts at which the securities subsequently will be resold or reacquired as specified in the respective agreements; such amounts include accrued interest. Reverse repurchase agreements and repurchase agreements are presented on a net-by-counterparty basis, when appropriate. The Companys policy is to take possession of securities purchased under agreements to resell. Securities borrowed and Securities loaned are carried at the amounts of cash collateral advanced and received in connection with the transactions. Other secured financings
29 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
include the liabilities related to transfers of financial assets that are accounted for as financings rather than sales, consolidated variable interest entities where the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary and certain equity-referenced securities and loans where in all instances these liabilities are payable solely from the cash flows of the related assets accounted for as Financial instruments owned.
The Company pledges its financial instruments owned to collateralize repurchase agreements and other securities financings. Pledged securities that can be sold or repledged by the secured party are identified as Financial instruments owned (pledged to various parties) in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. The carrying value and classification of securities owned by the Company that have been loaned or pledged to counterparties where those counterparties do not have the right to sell or repledge the collateral were as follows:
At August 31, 2008 |
At November 30, 2007 | |||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||
Financial instruments owned: |
||||||
U.S. government and agency securities |
$ | 5,274 | $ | 7,134 | ||
Other sovereign government obligations |
6,068 | 333 | ||||
Corporate and other debt |
30,683 | 32,530 | ||||
Corporate equities |
3,788 | 1,133 | ||||
Total |
$ | 45,813 | $ | 41,130 | ||
The Company enters into reverse repurchase agreements, repurchase agreements, securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions to, among other things, acquire securities to cover short positions and settle other securities obligations, to accommodate customers needs and to finance the Companys inventory positions. The Company also engages in securities financing transactions for customers through margin lending. Under these agreements and transactions, the Company either receives or provides collateral, including U.S. government and agency securities, other sovereign government obligations, corporate and other debt, and corporate equities. The Company receives collateral in the form of securities in connection with reverse repurchase agreements, securities borrowed and derivative transactions, and customer margin loans. In many cases, the Company is permitted to sell or repledge these securities held as collateral and use the securities to secure repurchase agreements, to enter into securities lending and derivative transactions or for delivery to counterparties to cover short positions. At August 31, 2008 and November 30, 2007, the fair value of securities received as collateral where the Company is permitted to sell or repledge the securities was $877 billion and $948 billion, respectively, and the fair value of the portion that had been sold or repledged was $680 billion and $708 billion, respectively.
The Company additionally receives securities as collateral in connection with certain securities for securities transactions in which the Company is the lender. In instances where the Company is permitted to sell or repledge these securities, the Company reports the fair value of the collateral received and the related obligation to return the collateral in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. At August 31, 2008 and November 30, 2007, $19 billion and $82 billion, respectively, were reported as Securities received as collateral and an Obligation to return securities received as collateral in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. Collateral received in connection with these transactions that was subsequently repledged was approximately $18 billion and $72 billion at August 31, 2008 and November 30, 2007, respectively.
The Company manages credit exposure arising from reverse repurchase agreements, repurchase agreements, securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions by, in appropriate circumstances, entering into master netting agreements and collateral arrangements with counterparties that provide the Company, in the event of a
30 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
customer default, the right to liquidate collateral and the right to offset a counterpartys rights and obligations. The Company also monitors the fair value of the underlying securities as compared with the related receivable or payable, including accrued interest, and, as necessary, requests additional collateral to ensure such transactions are adequately collateralized. Where deemed appropriate, the Companys agreements with third parties specify its rights to request additional collateral. Customer receivables generated from margin lending activity are collateralized by customer-owned securities held by the Company. For these transactions, adherence to the Companys collateral policies significantly limits the Companys credit exposure in the event of customer default. The Company may request additional margin collateral from customers, if appropriate, and, if necessary, may sell securities that have not been paid for or purchase securities sold but not delivered from customers.
4. | Securitization Activities and Variable Interest Entities. |
Securitization Activities. The Company engages in securitization activities related to commercial and residential mortgage loans, U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations, corporate bonds and loans, municipal bonds and other types of financial assets. Special purpose entities (SPEs), also known as VIEs, are typically used in such securitization transactions. The Company does not consolidate certain securitization vehicles, commonly known as QSPEs, if they meet certain criteria regarding the types of assets and derivatives they may hold, the types of sales they may engage in and the range of discretion they may exercise in connection with the assets they hold. The determination of whether an SPE meets the criteria to be a QSPE requires considerable judgment, particularly in evaluating whether the permitted activities of the SPE are significantly limited and in determining whether derivatives held by the SPE are passive and nonexcessive. See Note 1 for further information on QSPEs.
The following table presents the total assets (unpaid principal amount) of, and retained interests in, QSPEs to which the Company acting as principal, has transferred assets and received sales treatment:
At August 31, 2008 | ||||||
QSPE Assets | Retained Interests | |||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||
Residential mortgage loans |
$ | 70,710 | $ | 874 | ||
Commercial mortgage loans |
113,888 | 556 | ||||
U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations |
29,623 | 674 | ||||
Other |
3,751 | | ||||
Total |
$ | 217,972 | $ | 2,104 | ||
Transferred assets are carried at fair value prior to securitization, and any changes in fair value are recognized in the condensed consolidated statements of income. The Company may act as underwriter of the beneficial interests issued by securitization vehicles. Underwriting net revenues are recognized in connection with these transactions. The Company may retain interests in the securitized financial assets as one or more tranches of the securitization. These retained interests are included in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition at fair value. Any changes in the fair value of such retained interests are recognized in the condensed consolidated statements of income. Net gains at the time of securitization were not material in the nine month period ended August 31, 2008.
31 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
The following tables present information on the Companys residential mortgage loan, commercial mortgage loan and U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligation securitization transactions. Key economic assumptions and the sensitivity of the current fair value of the retained interests to immediate 10% and 20% adverse changes in those assumptions as of August 31, 2008 and November 30, 2007 were as follows (dollars in millions):
At August 31, 2008: |
Residential Mortgage Loans |
Commercial Mortgage Loans |
U.S. Agency Collateralized Mortgage Obligations |
|||||||||
Investment grade retained interests |
$ | 780 | $ | 435 | $ | 674 | ||||||
Non-investment grade retained interests |
94 | 121 | | |||||||||
Total retained interests (carrying amount/fair value) |
$ | 874 | $ | 556 | $ | 674 | ||||||
Weighted average life (in months) |
58 | 31 | 65 | |||||||||
Range |
4.0 - 230 | 3.0 - 111 | 4.0 - 270 | |||||||||
Weighted average discount rate (per annum) |
14.54 | % | 13.24 | % | 6.58 | % | ||||||
Range |
5.84 - 107.32 | % | 3.00 - 37.17 | % | 0.25 - 51.85 | % | ||||||
Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change |
$ | (27 | ) | $ | (12 | ) | $ | (16 | ) | |||
Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change |
$ | (52 | ) | $ | (24 | ) | $ | (31 | ) | |||
Weighted average credit losses(1)(2) |
4.33 | % | 10.77 | % | 0.00 | % | ||||||
Range |
0.00 - 33.61 | % | 0.00 - 33.90 | % | 0.00 - 0.00 | % | ||||||
Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change |
$ | (10 | ) | $ | (7 | ) | $ | | ||||
Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change |
$ | (17 | ) | $ | (14 | ) | $ | | ||||
Weighted average prepayment speed assumption (PSA)(3) |
796 | | 267 | |||||||||
Range |
0 - 1,038 | PSA | | 139 - 529 | PSA | |||||||
Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change(4) |
$ | (12 | ) | $ | | $ | (4 | ) | ||||
Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change(4) |
$ | (23 | ) | $ | | $ | (8 | ) |
(1) | Residential mortgage loans credit loss rate stated in terms of cumulative loss rate. Commercial mortgage loans credit loss rate stated in terms of annualized loss rate. |
(2) | Credit losses are computed only on positions for which expected credit loss is either a key assumption in the determination of fair value or is not reflected in the discount rate. |
(3) | Commercial mortgage loans typically contain provisions that either prohibit or economically penalize the borrower from prepaying the loan for a specified period of time. |
(4) | Amounts for residential mortgage loans exclude positive valuation effects from immediate 10% and 20% changes. |
32 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
At November 30, 2007: |
Residential Mortgage Loans |
Commercial Mortgage Loans |
U.S. Agency Collateralized Mortgage Obligations |
|||||||||
Investment grade retained interests |
$ | 2,048 | $ | 678 | $ | 826 | ||||||
Non-investment grade retained interests |
1,167 | 406 | | |||||||||
Total retained interests (carrying amount/fair value) |
$ | 3,215 | $ | 1,084 | $ | 826 | ||||||
Weighted average life (in months) |
49 | 57 | 51 | |||||||||
Range |
1 - 322 | 0.5 - 139 | 1 - 271 | |||||||||
Weighted average discount rate (per annum) |
12.55 | % | 8.48 | % | 6.04 | % | ||||||
Range |
1.12 - 74.10 | % | 3.00 - 16.83 | % | 0.75 - 18.12 | % | ||||||
Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change |
$ | (114 | ) | $ | (14 | ) | $ | (16 | ) | |||
Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change |
$ | (218 | ) | $ | (28 | ) | $ | (31 | ) | |||
Weighted average credit losses(1)(2) |
4.52 | % | 3.24 | % | 0.00 | % | ||||||
Range |
0.00 - 12.00 | % | 0.00 - 13.69 | % | 0.00 -0.00 | % | ||||||
Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change |
$ | (215 | ) | $ | (5 | ) | $ | | ||||
Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change |
$ | (371 | ) | $ | (10 | ) | $ | | ||||
Weighted average prepayment speed assumption(PSA)(3) |
1,173 | | 301 | |||||||||
Range |
188 - 2,250 | PSA | | 167 - 718 | PSA | |||||||
Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change(4) |
$ | (118 | ) | $ | | $ | (7 | ) | ||||
Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change(4) |
$ | (194 | ) | $ | | $ | (19 | ) |
(1) | Residential mortgage loans credit loss rate stated in terms of cumulative loss rate. Commercial mortgage loans credit loss rate stated in terms of annualized loss rate. |
(2) | Credit losses are computed only on positions for which expected credit loss is either a key assumption in the determination of fair value or is not reflected in the discount rate. |
(3) | Commercial mortgage loans typically contain provisions that either prohibit or economically penalize the borrower from prepaying the loan for a specified period of time. |
(4) | Amounts for residential mortgage loans exclude positive valuation effects from immediate 10% and 20% changes. |
The weighted average assumptions and parameters used initially to value retained interests in relation to securitizations that were still held by the Company as of August 31, 2008 were as follows:
Residential Mortgage Loans |
Commercial Mortgage Loans |
U.S. Agency Collateralized Mortgage Obligations |
|||||||
Weighted average life (in months) |
73 | 44 | 62 | ||||||
Weighted average discount rate (rate per annum) |
9.04 | % | 7.04 | % | 6.4 | 6% | |||
Weighted average credit losses(1)(2) |
4.57 | % | 1.67 | % | | ||||
Weighted average prepayment speed assumptions |
1,511 | PSA | | 28 | 3PSA |
(1) | Residential mortgage loans credit loss rate stated in terms of cumulative loss rate. Commercial mortgage loans credit loss rate stated in terms of annualized loss rate. |
(2) | Credit losses are computed only on positions for which expected credit loss is either a key assumption in the determination of fair value or is not reflected in the discount rate. |
The tables above do not include the offsetting benefit of any financial instruments that the Company may utilize to hedge risks inherent in its retained interests. In addition, the sensitivity analysis is hypothetical and should be used with caution. Changes in fair value based on a 10% or 20% variation in an assumption generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in the assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the retained interests is
33 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
calculated independently of changes in any other assumption; in practice, changes in one factor may result in changes in another, which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities. In addition, the sensitivity analysis does not consider any corrective action that the Company may take to mitigate the impact of any adverse changes in the key assumptions.
During the nine month periods ended August 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company received proceeds from new securitization transactions of $7.0 billion and $55.9 billion, respectively, and cash flows from retained interests in securitization transactions of $2.2 billion and $4.1 billion, respectively.
Variable Interest Entities. FIN 46R applies to certain entities in which equity investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is the party that absorbs a majority of the entitys expected losses, receives a majority of its expected residual returns or both, as a result of holding variable interests. The Company consolidates entities of which it is the primary beneficiary. For those entities deemed to be QSPEs (as defined in SFAS No. 140), the Company does not consolidate the entity. See Note 1 regarding the characteristics of QSPEs.
The Company is involved with various entities in the normal course of business that may be deemed to be VIEs. The Companys variable interests in VIEs include debt and equity interests, commitments, guarantees and derivative instruments. The Companys involvement with VIEs arises primarily from:
| Purchased, sold and retained interests in connection with market making and securitization activities. |
| Guarantees issued and residual interests retained in connection with municipal bond securitizations. |
| Loans and investments made to VIEs that hold debt, equity, real estate or other assets. |
| Derivatives entered into with variable interest entities. |
| Structuring of credit linked notes or other asset-repackaged notes designed to meet the investment objectives of clients. |
| Other structured transactions designed to provide enhanced, tax-efficient yields to the Company or its clients. |
The following table presents information about the Companys total assets and maximum exposure to loss associated with VIEs as of August 31, 2008 which the Company consolidates. The Company generally accounts for the assets held by the entities as Financial instruments owned and the liabilities of the entities as Other secured financings in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition (dollars in millions):
VIE Assets That the Company Consolidates |
At August 31, 2008 Maximum Exposure to Loss in Consolidated VIEs | ||||||||||||||
Debt and Equity Interests |
Derivatives | Commitments and Guarantees |
Total | ||||||||||||
Mortgage and asset-backed securitizations |
$ | 5,218 | $ | 1,517 | $ | 6 | $ | | $ | 1,523 | |||||
Municipal bond trusts |
997 | 14 | | 983 | 997 | ||||||||||
Credit and real estate |
4,713 | 2,927 | 2,167 | | 5,094 | ||||||||||
Commodities financing |
1,075 | | 157 | | 157 | ||||||||||
Other structured transactions |
16,023 | 13,629 | | 9 | 13,638 | ||||||||||
$ | 28,026 | $ | 18,087 | $ | 2,330 | $ | 992 | $ | 21,409 | ||||||
34 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
The following table presents information about the Companys total assets and maximum exposure to loss associated with non-consolidated VIEs as of August 31, 2008 in which the Company had significant variable interests (dollars in millions):
VIE Assets That the Company Does not Consolidate |
At August 31,
2008 Maximum Exposure to Loss in Non-consolidated VIEs | ||||||||||||||
Debt and Equity Interests |
Derivatives | Commitments and Guarantees |
Total | ||||||||||||
Mortgage and asset-backed securitizations |
$ | 5,335 | $ | 73 | $ | 53 | $ | | $ | 126 | |||||
Municipal bond trusts |
407 | 262 | | 89 | 351 | ||||||||||
Credit and real estate |
8,255 | 4,284 | 711 | | 4,995 | ||||||||||
Other structured transactions |
13,741 | 2,269 | | 495 | 2,764 | ||||||||||
$ | 27,738 | $ | 6,888 | $ | 764 | $ | 584 | $ | 8,236 | ||||||
The Companys maximum exposure to loss often differs from the carrying value of the VIEs assets. The maximum exposure to loss is dependent on the nature of the Companys variable interest in the VIEs and is limited to the notional amounts of certain liquidity facilities, other credit support, total return swaps, written put options, and the fair value of certain other derivatives and investments the Company has made in the VIEs. Where notional amounts are utilized in quantifying maximum exposure related to derivatives, such amounts do not reflect writedowns already recorded by the Company. The Companys maximum exposure to loss does not include the offsetting benefit of any financial instruments that the Company may utilize to hedge these risks associated with the Companys variable interests.
In addition, the Company serves as an advisor to numerous money market and liquidity funds. The Company does not consolidate these funds because the Company does not have a controlling financial interest in the funds nor is it the primary beneficiary of such funds. The Company also does not have a significant variable interest in such funds.
Mortgage Servicing Rights. The Company may retain servicing rights to certain mortgage loans that are sold through its securitization activities. These transactions create an asset referred to as MSRs, which totaled approximately $278 million as of August 31, 2008 and are included within Intangible assets in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.
The valuation of MSRs include projecting servicing cash flows and discounting such cash flows using an appropriate risk-adjusted discount rate. These valuations require estimation of various assumptions, including future servicing fees, credit losses and other related costs, discount rates and mortgage prepayment speeds. The Company also compares the estimated fair values of the MSRs from the valuations with observable trades of similar instruments or portfolios. Due to subsequent changes in economic and market conditions, the actual rates of prepayments, credit losses and the value of collateral may differ significantly from the Companys original estimates. Such differences could be material. If actual prepayment rates and credit losses were higher than those assumed, the value of the Companys MSRs could be adversely affected. The Company may hedge a portion of its MSRs through the use of financial instruments, including certain derivative contracts.
5. | Derivative and Other Contracts. |
In the normal course of business, the Company enters into a variety of derivative contracts related to financial instruments and commodities. The Company uses these instruments for trading and investment purposes, as well as for asset and liability management. These instruments generally represent future commitments to swap interest payment streams, exchange currencies, or purchase or sell commodities and other financial instruments on specific terms at specified future dates. Many of these products have maturities that do not extend beyond one year, although swaps, options and equity warrants typically have longer maturities. For further discussion of these matters, refer to Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007 included in the Form 10-K.
35 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Future changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates or the fair values of the financial instruments, commodities or indices underlying these contracts ultimately may result in cash settlements exceeding fair value amounts recognized in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. The amounts in the following table represent the fair value of exchange traded and OTC options and other derivative contracts (including interest rate, foreign exchange, and other forward contracts and swaps) for trading and investment and for asset and liability management, net of offsetting positions in situations where netting is appropriate. The asset amounts are not reported net of non-cash collateral, which the Company obtains with respect to certain of these transactions to reduce its exposure to credit losses. In accordance with the provisions of FSP FIN 39-1, the Company offset cash collateral receivables and payables of $33 billion and $52 billion, respectively, against net derivative positions as of August 31, 2008.
Credit risk with respect to derivative instruments arises from the failure of a counterparty to perform according to the terms of the contract. The Companys exposure to credit risk at any point in time is represented by the net fair value of the contracts reported as assets. The Company monitors the creditworthiness of counterparties to these transactions on an ongoing basis and requests additional collateral when deemed necessary.
The Companys derivatives (both listed and OTC), on a net of counterparty and cash collateral basis, as of August 31, 2008 and November 30, 2007 are summarized in the table below, showing the fair value of the related assets and liabilities by product category:
At August 31, 2008 |
At November 30, 2007 | |||||||||||
Product Type |
Assets | Liabilities | Assets | Liabilities | ||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||
Interest rate and currency swaps, interest rate options, credit derivatives and other fixed income securities contracts |
$ | 40,970 | $ | 23,465 | $ | 33,804 | $ | 19,515 | ||||
Foreign exchange forward contracts and options |
9,303 | 8,297 | 7,755 | 9,372 | ||||||||
Equity securities contracts (including equity swaps, warrants and options) |
16,649 | 19,722 | 19,913 | 27,887 | ||||||||
Commodity forwards, options and swaps |
20,658 | 16,917 | 15,531 | 14,830 | ||||||||
Total |
$ | 87,580 | $ | 68,401 | $ | 77,003 | $ | 71,604 | ||||
6. | Goodwill and Net Intangible Assets. |
During the quarter ended August 31, 2008, the Company completed the annual goodwill impairment test (as of June 1 in each fiscal year). The Companys testing did not indicate any goodwill impairment. Changes in the carrying amount of the Companys goodwill and intangible assets for the nine month period ended August 31, 2008 were as follows:
Institutional Securities |
Global Wealth Management Group |
Asset Management |
Total | |||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||||
Goodwill: |
||||||||||||||||
Balance at November 30, 2007 |
$ | 1,555 | $ | 297 | $ | 1,172 | $ | 3,024 | ||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustments and other |
(58 | ) | 11 | (3 | ) | (50 | ) | |||||||||
Goodwill acquired during the period |
31 | | | 31 | ||||||||||||
Goodwill disposed of during the period(1) |
(5 | ) | (39 | ) | | (44 | ) | |||||||||
Balance at August 31, 2008 |
$ | 1,523 | $ | 269 | $ | 1,169 | $ | 2,961 | ||||||||
(1) | Global Wealth Management Group activity primarily represents goodwill disposed of in connection with the Companys sale of Morgan Stanley Wealth Management S.V., S.A.U. (see Note 16). |
36 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Due to the deterioration in the broader credit markets, the Company performed an interim impairment test of goodwill at the end of the third quarter of fiscal 2008, which did not result in impairment.
Institutional Securities |
Asset Management |
Total | ||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||
Intangible Assets: |
||||||||||||
Amortizable intangible assets at November 30, 2007 |
$ | 386 | $ | 233 | $ | 619 | ||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustments and other |
(11 | ) | | (11 | ) | |||||||
Intangible assets acquired during the period(1) |
36 | 230 | 266 | |||||||||
Intangible assets disposed of during the period(2) |
(54 | ) | (6 | ) | (60 | ) | ||||||
Amortization expense |
(37 | ) | (20 | ) | (57 | ) | ||||||
Amortizable intangible assets at August 31, 2008 |
320 | 437 | 757 | |||||||||
Mortgage servicing rights (see Note 4) |
278 | | 278 | |||||||||
Balance at August 31, 2008 |
$ | 598 | $ | 437 | $ | 1,035 | ||||||
(1) | Asset Management activity primarily represents intangible assets acquired in connection with the Companys consolidation of Crescent. |
(2) | Institutional Securities activity primarily represents intangible assets disposed of in connection with the Companys sale of a controlling interest in a previously consolidated commodities subsidiary. |
7. | Long-Term Borrowings. |
Long-term borrowings as of August 31, 2008 consisted of the following (dollars in millions):
U.S. Dollar | Non-U.S. Dollar |
At August 31, 2008 | |||||||
Due in 1 year |
$ | 29,420 | $ | 6,084 | $ | 35,504 | |||
Due in 2 years |
20,700 | 8,123 | 28,823 | ||||||
Due in 3 years |
9,940 | 9,120 | 19,060 | ||||||
Due in 4 years |
9,678 | 13,326 | 23,004 | ||||||
Due in 5 years |
5,293 | 14,148 | 19,441 | ||||||
Due in 6 years |
6,573 | 13,775 | 20,348 | ||||||
Due in 7 years |
3,871 | 446 | 4,317 | ||||||
Due in 8 years |
5,199 | 6,684 | 11,883 | ||||||
Due in 9 years |
10,388 | 7,654 | 18,042 | ||||||
Due in 10 years |
7,566 | 2,546 | 10,112 | ||||||
Thereafter |
8,241 | 3,552 | 11,793 | ||||||
Total |
$ | 116,869 | $ | 85,458 | $ | 202,327 | |||
37 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
The Companys long-term borrowings included the following components:
At August 31, 2008 |
At November 30, 2007 | |||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||
Senior debt |
$ | 187,880 | $ | 181,733 | ||
Subordinated debt |
4,083 | 4,015 | ||||
Junior subordinated debentures |
10,364 | 4,876 | ||||
Total |
$ | 202,327 | $ | 190,624 | ||
During the nine month period ended August 31, 2008, the Company issued notes with a carrying value at quarter-end aggregating $42.8 billion, including non-U.S. dollar currency notes aggregating $14.4 billion. During the nine month period ended August 31, 2008, $31.3 billion of notes were repaid.
The weighted average maturity of the Companys long-term borrowings, based upon stated maturity dates, was approximately 6.2 years as of August 31, 2008.
8. | Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies. |
Commitments.
The Companys commitments associated with letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements, investment activities, corporate lending and financing arrangements, mortgage lending and margin-lending as of August 31, 2008 are summarized below by period of expiration. Since commitments associated with these instruments may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements:
Years to Maturity | Total at August 31, 2008 | ||||||||||||||
Less than 1 |
1-3 | 3-5 | Over 5 | ||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | |||||||||||||||
Letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements |
$ | 9,741 | $ | 153 | $ | | $ | 1 | $ | 9,895 | |||||
Investment activities |
1,571 | 1,121 | 195 | 710 | 3,597 | ||||||||||
Primary lending commitments(1)(2) |
11,256 | 9,637 | 25,051 | 4,496 | 50,440 | ||||||||||
Secondary lending commitments(1) |
105 | 81 | 356 | 96 | 638 | ||||||||||
Commitments for secured lending transactions |
913 | 1,619 | 2,140 | 8 | 4,680 | ||||||||||
Commitments to enter into reverse repurchase agreements |
49,534 | | | | 49,534 | ||||||||||
Commercial and residential mortgage-related commitments(1) |
4,188 | | | | 4,188 | ||||||||||
Other commitments(3) |
3,154 | 12 | | | 3,166 | ||||||||||
Total |
$ | 80,462 | $ | 12,623 | $ | 27,742 | $ | 5,311 | $ | 126,138 | |||||
(1) | These commitments are recorded at fair value within Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition (see Note 2). |
(2) | This amount includes commitments to asset-backed commercial paper conduits of $590 million as of August 31, 2008 of which $582 million have maturities of less than one year and $8 million have maturities of three to five years. |
(3) | This amount includes binding commitments to enter into margin-lending transactions of $2.3 billion as of August 31, 2008 in connection with the Companys Institutional Securities business segment. |
38 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Letters of Credit and Other Financial Guarantees Obtained to Satisfy Collateral Requirements. The Company has outstanding letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued by third-party banks to certain of the Companys counterparties. The Company is contingently liable for these letters of credit and other financial guarantees, which are primarily used to provide collateral for securities and commodities borrowed and to satisfy various margin requirements in lieu of depositing cash or securities with these counterparties.
Investment Activities. The Company enters into commitments associated with its real estate, private equity and principal investment activities, which include alternative products.
Lending Commitments. Primary lending commitments are those which are originated by the Company whereas secondary lending commitments are purchased from third parties in the market. The commitments include lending commitments that are made to investment grade and non-investment grade companies in connection with corporate lending and other business activities.
Commitments for Secured Lending Transactions. Secured lending commitments are extended by the Company to companies and are secured by real estate or other physical assets of the borrower. Loans made under these arrangements typically are at variable rates and generally provide for over-collateralization based upon the creditworthiness of the borrower.
Commitments to Enter into Reverse Repurchase Agreements. The Company enters into forward starting securities purchased under agreements to resell (agreements that have a trade date as of or prior to August 31, 2008 and settle subsequent to quarter end) that are primarily secured by collateral from U.S. government agency securities and other sovereign government obligations.
Commercial and Residential Mortgage-Related Commitments. The Company enters into forward purchase contracts involving residential mortgage loans, residential mortgage loan commitments to individuals and residential home equity lines of credit. In addition, the Company enters into commitments to originate commercial and residential mortgage loans.
Other Commitments. Other commitments generally include binding commitments to enter into margin-lending transactions and commitments to issue letters of credit on behalf of clients in connection with the Companys Institutional Securities business segment. Other commitments also include commercial loan commitments to small businesses and commitments related to securities-based lending activities in connection with the Companys Global Wealth Management Group business segment.
39 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Guarantees.
The table below summarizes certain information regarding the Companys obligations under guarantee arrangements as of August 31, 2008:
Maximum Potential Payout/Notional | Carrying Amount (Asset)/ Liability |
Collateral/ Recourse | ||||||||||||||||||||
Years to Maturity | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Type of Guarantee |
Less than 1 | 1-3 | 3-5 | Over 5 | Total | |||||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Notional amount of derivative contracts |
$ | 1,107,325 | $ | 1,313,909 | $ | 2,315,324 | $ | 1,679,765 | $ | 6,416,323 | $ | 315,040 | $ | 49 | ||||||||
Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued(1) |
1,407 | 1,691 | 1,674 | 4,282 | 9,054 | (73 | ) | 4,919 | ||||||||||||||
Market value guarantees |
1 | | | 662 | 663 | 59 | 144 | |||||||||||||||
Liquidity facilities(2) |
17,597 | 564 | 549 | 451 | 19,161 | 25 | 20,118 | |||||||||||||||
General partner guarantees |
56 | 233 | 46 | 167 | 502 | 18 | | |||||||||||||||
Auction rate security guarantees |
5,617 | | | | 5,617 | 250 | |
(1) | Approximately $2.1 billion of standby letters of credit are also reflected in the Commitments table above in primary and secondary lending commitments. |
(2) | The maximum potential payout amount includes liquidity facilities to asset-backed commercial paper conduits of $659 million. |
The Company has certain obligations under certain guarantee arrangements, including contracts and indemnification agreements that contingently require a guarantor to make payments to the guaranteed party based on changes in an underlying measure (such as an interest or foreign exchange rate, security or commodity price, an index or the occurrence or non-occurrence of a specified event) related to an asset, liability or equity security of a guaranteed party. Also included as guarantees are contracts that contingently require the guarantor to make payments to the guaranteed party based on another entitys failure to perform under an agreement, as well as indirect guarantees of the indebtedness of others. The Companys use of guarantees is described below by type of guarantee:
Derivative Contracts. Certain derivative contracts meet the accounting definition of a guarantee, including certain written options, contingent forward contracts and credit default swaps. Although the Companys derivative arrangements do not specifically identify whether the derivative counterparty retains the underlying asset, liability or equity security, the Company has disclosed information regarding all derivative contracts that could meet the accounting definition of a guarantee. The maximum potential payout for certain derivative contracts, such as written interest rate caps and written foreign currency options, cannot be estimated, as increases in interest or foreign exchange rates in the future could possibly be unlimited. Therefore, in order to provide information regarding the maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make under certain derivative contracts, the notional amount of the contracts has been disclosed. In certain situations, collateral may be held by the Company for those contracts that meet the definition of a guarantee. Generally, the Company sets collateral requirements by counterparty so that the collateral covers various transactions and products and is not allocated specifically to individual contracts. Therefore, the collateral amount disclosed in the table above only includes contracts where the specific collateral can be identified.
40 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
The Company records all derivative contracts at fair value. Aggregate market risk limits have been established, and market risk measures are routinely monitored against these limits. The Company also manages its exposure to these derivative contracts through a variety of risk mitigation strategies, including, but not limited to, entering into offsetting economic hedge positions. The Company believes that the notional amounts of the derivative contracts generally overstate its exposure.
Standby Letters of Credit and other Financial Guarantees Issued. In connection with its corporate lending business and other corporate activities, the Company provides standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees to counterparties. Such arrangements represent obligations to make payments to third parties if the counterparty fails to fulfill its obligation under a borrowing arrangement or other contractual obligation.
Market Value Guarantees. Market value guarantees are issued to guarantee timely payment of a specified return to investors in certain affordable housing tax credit funds. The guarantees provided to investors in certain affordable housing tax credit funds are designed to return an investors contribution to a fund and the investors share of tax losses and tax credits expected to be generated by a fund. From time to time, the Company may also guarantee return of principal invested, potentially including a specified rate of return, to fund investors.
Liquidity Facilities. The Company has entered into liquidity facilities with SPEs and other counterparties, whereby the Company is required to make certain payments if losses or defaults occur. Primarily, the Company acts as liquidity provider to municipal bond securitization SPEs and for standalone municipal bonds in which the holders of beneficial interests issued by these SPEs or the holders of the individual bonds, respectively, have the right to tender their interests for purchase by the Company on specified dates at a specified price. The Company often may have recourse to the underlying assets held by the SPEs in the event payments are required under such liquidity facilities as well as make-whole or recourse provisions with the trust sponsors.
General Partner Guarantees. As a general partner in certain private equity and real estate partnerships, the Company receives distributions from the partnerships according to the provisions of the partnership agreements. The Company may, from time to time, be required to return all or a portion of such distributions to the limited partners in the event the limited partners do not achieve a certain return as specified in various partnership agreements, subject to certain limitations.
Auction Rate Security Guarantees. Under the terms of various agreements entered into with government agencies and the terms of the Companys announced offer to repurchase, the Company has agreed to repurchase at par certain ARS held by retail clients that were purchased through the Company. In addition, the Company has agreed to reimburse retail clients who have sold certain ARS purchased through the Company at a loss. The Companys maximum exposure as it relates to these repurchase obligations is based on the Companys best estimate of the outstanding ARS eligible under the buy back program, which may change as and when more information about retail client auction rate security holdings becomes available. The Company has recorded a liability at fair value related to these auction rate security purchase obligations.
Other Guarantees and Indemnities.
In the normal course of business, the Company provides a variety of other guarantees and indemnifications, which are described below.
| Trust Preferred Securities. The Company has established Morgan Stanley Trusts for the limited purpose of issuing trust preferred securities to third parties and lending the proceeds to the Company in exchange for junior subordinated debentures. The Company has directly guaranteed the repayment of the trust |
41 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
preferred securities to the holders thereof to the extent that the Company has made payments to a Morgan Stanley Trust on the junior subordinated debentures. In the event that the Company does not make payments to a Morgan Stanley Trust, holders of such series of trust preferred securities would not be able to rely upon the guarantee for payment of those amounts. The Company has not recorded any liability in the condensed consolidated financial statements for these guarantees and believes that the occurrence of any events (i.e., nonperformance on the part of the paying agent) that would trigger payments under these contracts is remote. See Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007 included in the Form 10-K for details on the Companys junior subordinated debentures. |
| Indemnities. The Company provides standard indemnities to counterparties for certain contingent exposures and taxes, including U.S. and foreign withholding taxes, on interest and other payments made on derivatives, securities and stock lending transactions, certain annuity products and other financial arrangements. These indemnity payments could be required based on a change in the tax laws or change in interpretation of applicable tax rulings or a change in factual circumstances. Certain contracts contain provisions that enable the Company to terminate the agreement upon the occurrence of such events. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make under these indemnifications cannot be estimated. The Company has not recorded any contingent liability in the condensed consolidated financial statements for these indemnifications and believes that the occurrence of any events that would trigger payments under these contracts is remote. |
| Exchange/Clearinghouse Member Guarantees. The Company is a member of various U.S. and non-U.S. exchanges and clearinghouses that trade and clear securities and/or futures contracts. Associated with its membership, the Company may be required to pay a proportionate share of the financial obligations of another member who may default on its obligations to the exchange or the clearinghouse. While the rules governing different exchange or clearinghouse memberships vary, in general the Companys guarantee obligations would arise only if the exchange or clearinghouse had previously exhausted its resources. Any potential contingent liability under these membership agreements cannot be estimated. The Company has not recorded any contingent liability in the condensed consolidated financial statements for these agreements and believes that any potential requirement to make payments under these agreements is remote. |
|
Securitized Asset Guarantees. As part of the Companys Institutional Securities securitization activities, the Company provides representations and warranties that certain securitized assets conform to specified guidelines. The Company may be required to repurchase such assets or indemnify the purchaser against losses if the assets do not meet certain conforming guidelines. Due diligence is performed by the Company to ensure that asset guideline qualifications are met, and, to the extent the Company has acquired such assets to be securitized from other parties, the Company seeks to obtain its own representations and warranties regarding the assets. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make would be equal to the current outstanding balances of all assets subject to such securitization activities. Also, in connection with originations of residential mortgage loans under the Companys FlexSource® program, the Company may permit borrowers to pledge marketable securities as collateral instead of requiring cash down payments for the purchase of the underlying residential property. Upon sale of the residential mortgage loans, the Company may provide a surety bond that reimburses the purchasers for shortfalls in the borrowers securities accounts up to certain limits if the collateral maintained in the securities accounts (along with the associated real estate collateral) is insufficient to cover losses that purchasers experience as a result of defaults by borrowers on the underlying residential mortgage loans. The Company requires the borrowers to meet daily collateral calls to ensure the marketable securities pledged in lieu of a cash down payment are sufficient. At |
42 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
August 31, 2008 and November 30, 2007, the maximum potential amount of future payments the Company may be required to make under its surety bond was $119 million and $122 million, respectively. The Company has not recorded any contingent liability in the condensed consolidated financial statements for these representations and warranties and reimbursement agreements and believes that the probability of any payments under these arrangements is remote. |
| Merger and Acquisition Guarantees. The Company may, from time to time, in its role as investment banking advisor be required to provide guarantees in connection with certain European merger and acquisition transactions. If required by the regulating authorities, the Company provides a guarantee that the acquirer in the merger and acquisition transaction has or will have sufficient funds to complete the transaction and would then be required to make the acquisition payments in the event the acquirers funds are insufficient at the completion date of the transaction. These arrangements generally cover the time frame from the transaction offer date to its closing date and, therefore, are generally short term in nature. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make cannot be estimated. The Company believes the likelihood of any payment by the Company under these arrangements is remote given the level of the Companys due diligence associated with its role as investment banking advisor. |
Contingencies.
Legal. In the normal course of business, the Company has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the issuers that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or in financial distress.
The Company is also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies regarding the Companys business, including, among other matters, accounting and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief.
The Company contests liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each pending matter. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such matters, particularly in cases where claimants seek substantial or indeterminate damages or where investigations and proceedings are in the early stages, the Company cannot predict with certainty the loss or range of loss, if any, related to such matters, how or if such matters will be resolved, when they will ultimately be resolved, or what the eventual settlement, fine, penalty or other relief, if any, might be. Subject to the foregoing, the Company believes, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that the outcome of such pending matters will not have a material adverse effect on the condensed consolidated financial condition of the Company, although the outcome of such matters could be material to the Companys operating results and cash flows for a particular future period, depending on, among other things, the level of the Companys revenues or income for such period. Legal reserves have been established in accordance with SFAS No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies (SFAS No. 5). Once established, reserves are adjusted when there is more information available or when an event occurs requiring a change.
Auction Rate Securities Matters. On August 13, 2008, the Company reached an agreement in principle with the Office of the New York State Attorney General and the Office of the Illinois Secretary of State, Securities Department (on behalf of a task force of other states under the auspices of the North American Securities Administrators Association) in connection with the proposed settlement of their investigations relating to the sale
43 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
of ARS. The Company agreed, among other things to: (1) repurchase at par illiquid ARS that were purchased by certain retail clients prior to February 13, 2008; (2) pay certain retail clients that sold ARS below par the difference between par and the price at which the clients sold the securities; (3) arbitrate, under special procedures, claims for consequential damages by certain retail clients; (4) refund refinancing fees to certain municipal issuers of ARS; and (5) pay a total penalty of $35 million. A separate investigation of these matters by the SEC remains ongoing.
9. | Regulatory Requirements. |
At August 31, 2008, the Company is a consolidated supervised entity (CSE) as defined by the SEC. As such, the Company is subject to group-wide supervision and examination by the SEC and to minimum capital requirements on a consolidated basis and in accordance with the Basel II Accord (see Note 17).
MS&Co. is a registered broker-dealer and registered futures commission merchant and, accordingly, is subject to the minimum net capital requirements of the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. MS&Co. has consistently operated in excess of these requirements. MS&Co.s net capital totaled $10,387 million at August 31, 2008, which exceeded the amount required by $7,049 million. MSIP, a London-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the Financial Services Authority, and MSJS, a Tokyo-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the Financial Services Agency. MSIP and MSJS consistently operated in excess of their respective regulatory capital requirements.
Under regulatory capital requirements adopted by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the FDIC) and other bank regulatory agencies, FDIC-insured financial institutions must maintain (a) 3% to 4% of Tier 1 capital, as defined, to average assets (leverage ratio), (b) 4% of Tier 1 capital, as defined, to risk-weighted assets (Tier 1 risk-weighted capital ratio) and (c) 8% of total capital, as defined, to risk-weighted assets (total risk-weighted capital ratio). At August 31, 2008, the leverage ratio, Tier 1 risk-weighted capital ratio and total risk-weighted capital ratio of each of the Companys FDIC-insured financial institutions exceeded these regulatory minimums.
Certain other U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries are subject to various securities, commodities and banking regulations, and capital adequacy requirements promulgated by the regulatory and exchange authorities of the countries in which they operate. These subsidiaries have consistently operated in excess of their local capital adequacy requirements.
Morgan Stanley Derivative Products Inc. (MSDP) and Cournot Financial Products LLC (Cournot), which are triple-A rated derivative products subsidiaries, maintain certain operating restrictions that have been reviewed by various rating agencies. Both entities are operated such that creditors of the Company should not expect to have any claims on either the assets of MSDP or the assets of Cournot, unless and until the obligations of such entity to its own creditors are satisfied in full. Creditors of MSDP or Cournot, respectively, should not expect to have any claims on the assets of the Company or any of its affiliates, other than the respective assets of MSDP or Cournot.
MS&Co. is required to hold tentative net capital in excess of $1 billion and net capital in excess of $500 million in accordance with the market and credit risk standards of Appendix E of Rule 15c3-1. MS&Co. is also required to notify the SEC in the event that its tentative net capital is less than $5 billion. As of August 31, 2008, MS&Co. had tentative net capital in excess of the minimum and the notification requirements.
44 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
During the second quarter of fiscal 2008, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. (MSSF), which provides loans or lending commitments (including bridge financing) to selected corporate clients, transferred certain loans to Ascension Loan Vehicle, LLC (Ascension). MSSF and Ascension are both wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company. MSSF transferred such loans so that they could be securitized and, in turn, made eligible to be pledged with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the Fed). Certain of the securitized interests in Ascension were transferred to Morgan Stanley Darica Funding, LLC (MSDF), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, during the third quarter of fiscal 2008. Ascension and MSDF, which are special purpose vehicle subsidiaries of the Company, maintain certain operating restrictions that have been reviewed by various rating agencies. Ascension and MSDF are structured as separate legal entities and operated such that creditors of the Company or any affiliate of the Company, including MSSF, but excluding Ascension and MSDF, should not reasonably expect to have any claims on the assets of Ascension and MSDF, respectively. Such assets include loans that have been sold, and participation interests that have been granted, by MSSF to Ascension in an aggregate approximate amount of $2.0 billion as of August 31, 2008. Such amounts may increase or decrease. Securitized interests in Ascension were transferred to MSDF in the aggregate approximate amount of $460 million during the third quarter of fiscal 2008. Creditors of Ascension and MSDF should not reasonably expect to have any claims on the assets of the Company or any of its affiliates, including MSSF, other than the assets of Ascension and MSDF, respectively.
10. | Shareholders Equity. |
Treasury Shares. During the nine month period ended August 31, 2008, the Company did not purchase any of its common stock through the capital management share repurchase program. During the nine month period ended August 31, 2007, the Company purchased approximately $3.2 billion of its common stock (approximately 42 million shares) through publicly announced plans or programs at an average cost of $76.23 per share, which includes the actual price of shares purchased prior to the Discover Spin-off.
China Investment Corporation Investment. In December 2007, the Company sold Equity Units which included contracts to purchase Company common stock to a wholly owned subsidiary of China Investment Corporation (CIC), for approximately $5,579 million. CICs ownership in the Companys common stock, including the maximum number of shares of common stock to be received by CIC upon settlement of the stock purchase contracts, will be 9.9% or less of the Companys total shares outstanding based on the total shares that were outstanding on November 30, 2007. CIC is a passive financial investor and has no special rights of ownership nor a role in the management of the Company. A substantial portion of the investment proceeds were treated as Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital purposes.
The present value of the future contract adjustment payments due under the stock purchase contracts was approximately $400 million and was recorded in Other liabilities and accrued expenses with a corresponding decrease recorded in Paid-in capital, a component of Shareholders equity in the Companys condensed consolidated statement of financial condition in the first quarter of fiscal 2008. The other liability balance related to the stock purchase contracts will accrete over the term of the stock purchase contract using the effective yield method with a corresponding charge to Interest expense. When the contract adjustment payments are made under the stock purchase contracts, they will reduce the other liability balance.
For a more detailed summary of the Equity Units, including the junior subordinated debentures issued to support trust common and trust preferred securities and the stock purchase contracts, refer to Note 28 to the consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007 included in the Form 10-K.
45 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Prior to the issuance of common stock upon settlement of the stock purchase contract, the impact of the Equity Units is reflected in the Companys earnings per diluted common share using the treasury stock method, as defined by SFAS No. 128, Earnings Per Share (SFAS No. 128). Under the treasury stock method, the number of shares of common stock included in the calculation of earnings per diluted common share are calculated as the excess, if any, of the number of shares expected to be issued upon settlement of the stock purchase contract based on the average market price for the last 20 days of the reporting period, less the number of shares that could be purchased by the Company with the proceeds to be received upon settlement of the contract at the average closing price for the reporting period.
Dilution of net income per share occurs (i) in reporting periods when the average closing price of common shares is over $57.6840 (the maximum conversion price) per share or (ii) in reporting periods when the average closing price of common shares for a reporting period is between $48.0700 and the maximum conversion price and is greater than the average market price for the last 20 days ending three days prior to the end of such reporting period.
There was no dilutive impact for the quarter ended August 31, 2008. The dilutive impact for the nine month period ended August 31, 2008 was approximately 85,000 shares.
On September 29, 2008, the Company entered into a stock purchase agreement with Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (MUFG) to sell $9 billion in equity securities of the Company (see Note 17). As a result of this agreement, and as contractually required by the terms of the securities purchase agreement for the sale of Equity Units to CIC, the maximum conversion price of the Equity Units will be reduced to $48.07 upon closing of the transaction with MUFG. All other features of the Equity Units will remain the same.
The Company will issue 116,062,911 shares of common stock upon settlement of the stock purchase contracts.
46 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
11. | Earnings per Common Share. |
Basic earnings per share (EPS) is computed by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS reflects the assumed conversion of all dilutive securities. The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted EPS (in millions, except for per share data):
Three Months Ended August 31, |
Nine Months Ended August 31, |
|||||||||||||||
2008 | 2007 | 2008 | 2007 | |||||||||||||
Basic EPS: |
||||||||||||||||
Income from continuing operations |
$ | 1,425 | $ | 1,474 | $ | 4,002 | $ | 6,151 | ||||||||
Net gain on discontinued operations |
| 69 | | 646 | ||||||||||||
Preferred stock dividend requirements |
(11 | ) | (17 | ) | (42 | ) | (50 | ) | ||||||||
Net income applicable to common shareholders |
$ | 1,414 | $ | 1,526 | $ | 3,960 | $ | 6,747 | ||||||||
Weighted average common shares outstanding |
1,043 | 1,002 | 1,034 | 1,003 | ||||||||||||
Earnings per basic common share: |
||||||||||||||||
Income from continuing operations |
$ | 1.36 | $ | 1.45 | $ | 3.83 | $ | 6.08 | ||||||||
Gain on discontinued operations |
| 0.07 | | 0.65 | ||||||||||||
Earnings per basic common share |
$ | 1.36 | $ | 1.52 | $ | 3.83 | $ | 6.73 | ||||||||
Diluted EPS: |
||||||||||||||||
Net income applicable to common shareholders |
$ | 1,414 | $ | 1,526 | $ | 3,960 | $ | 6,747 | ||||||||
Weighted average common shares outstanding |
1,043 | 1,002 | 1,034 | 1,003 | ||||||||||||
Effect of dilutive securities: |
||||||||||||||||
Stock options and restricted stock units |
29 | 55 | 32 | 51 | ||||||||||||
Weighted average common shares outstanding and common stock equivalents |
1,072 | 1,057 | 1,066 | 1,054 | ||||||||||||
Earnings per diluted common share: |
||||||||||||||||
Income from continuing operations |
$ | 1.32 | $ | 1.38 | $ | 3.72 | $ | 5.79 | ||||||||
Gain on discontinued operations |
| 0.06 | | 0.61 | ||||||||||||
Earnings per diluted common share |
$ | 1.32 | $ | 1.44 | $ | 3.72 | $ | 6.40 | ||||||||
The following securities were considered antidilutive and, therefore, were excluded from the computation of diluted EPS:
Three Months Ended August 31, |
Nine Months Ended August 31, | |||||||
2008 | 2007 | 2008 | 2007 | |||||
(shares in millions) | ||||||||
Number of antidilutive securities (including stock options and restricted stock units) outstanding at end of period |
84 | 19 | 80 | 19 |
In addition, for information on the dilutive impact related to CIC, see Note 10.
Cash dividends declared per common share were $0.27 and $0.81 for the quarter and nine month periods ended August 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
47 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
12. | Employee Benefit Plans. |
The Company maintains various pension and benefit plans for eligible employees.
The components of the Companys net periodic benefit expense for its pension and postretirement plans were as follows:
Three Months Ended August 31, |
Nine Months Ended August 31, |
|||||||||||||||
2008 | 2007 | 2008 | 2007 | |||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||||
Service cost, benefits earned during the period |
$ | 28 | $ | 29 | $ | 84 | $ | 87 | ||||||||
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation |
37 | 33 | 110 | 100 | ||||||||||||
Expected return on plan assets |
(33 | ) | (31 | ) | (98 | ) | (93 | ) | ||||||||
Net amortization of prior service costs |
(2 | ) | (2 | ) | (7 | ) | (7 | ) | ||||||||
Net amortization of actuarial loss |
8 | 10 | 24 | 31 | ||||||||||||
Special termination benefits |
| 2 | | 2 | ||||||||||||
Net periodic benefit expense |
$ | 38 | $ | 41 | $ | 113 | $ | 120 | ||||||||
13. | Income Taxes. |
The Company adopted FIN 48 on December 1, 2007 and recorded a cumulative effect adjustment of approximately $92 million as a decrease to the opening balance of Retained earnings as of December 1, 2007.
The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of the date of adoption of FIN 48 was approximately $2.7 billion. Of this total, approximately $1.7 billion (net of federal benefit of state issues, competent authority and foreign tax credit offsets) represents the amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective tax rate in future periods.
The Company recognizes the accrual of interest related to unrecognized tax benefits in Provision for income taxes in the condensed consolidated statements of income. The Company recognizes the accrual of penalties (if any) related to unrecognized tax benefits in Income before income taxes. Interest expense included in provision for income taxes as of December 1, 2007 was approximately $223 million, net of federal and state income tax benefits. The amount of penalties accrued was immaterial.
It is reasonably possible that significant changes in the gross balance of unrecognized tax benefits may occur within the next twelve months. It is difficult to estimate the range of such changes; however, the Company does not expect that any change in the gross balance of unrecognized tax benefits would have a material impact on its effective tax rate over the next twelve months.
The Company is under continuous examination by the Internal Revenue Service (the IRS) and other tax authorities in certain countries, such as Japan and the United Kingdom, and states in which the Company has significant business operations, such as New York. The Company regularly assesses the likelihood of additional assessments in each of the taxing jurisdictions resulting from these and subsequent years examinations. The Company has established unrecognized tax benefits that the Company believes are adequate in relation to the potential for additional assessments. Once established, the Company adjusts unrecognized tax benefits only when more information is available or when an event occurs necessitating a change. The Company believes that the
48 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
resolution of tax matters will not have a material effect on the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition of the Company, although a resolution could have a material impact on the Companys condensed consolidated statements of income for a particular future period and on the Companys effective income tax rate for any period in which such resolution occurs.
The following are the major tax jurisdictions in which the Company and its affiliates operate and the earliest tax year subject to examination:
Jurisdiction |
Tax Year | |
United States |
1999 | |
New York State and City |
2002 | |
Hong Kong |
2002 | |
United Kingdom |
2004 | |
Japan |
2004 |
14. | Segment and Geographic Information. |
The Company structures its segments primarily based upon the nature of the financial products and services provided to customers and the Companys management organization. The Company provides a wide range of financial products and services to its customers in each of its business segments: Institutional Securities, Global Wealth Management Group and Asset Management. For further discussion of the Companys business segments, see Note 1.
Revenues and expenses directly associated with each respective segment are included in determining their operating results. Other revenues and expenses that are not directly attributable to a particular segment are allocated based upon the Companys allocation methodologies, generally based on each segments respective net revenues, non-interest expenses or other relevant measures.
As a result of treating certain intersegment transactions as transactions with external parties, the Company includes an Intersegment Eliminations category to reconcile the business segment results to the Companys consolidated results. Income before taxes in Intersegment Eliminations primarily represents the effect of timing differences associated with the revenue and expense recognition of commissions paid by Asset Management to the Global Wealth Management Group associated with sales of certain products and the related compensation costs paid to the Global Wealth Management Groups global representatives.
49 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Selected financial information for the Companys segments is presented below:
Three Months Ended August 31, 2008 |
Institutional Securities |
Global Wealth Management Group |
Asset Management |
Intersegment Eliminations |
Total | |||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net revenues excluding net interest |
$ | 4,955 | $ | 1,293 | $ | 739 | $ | (80 | ) | $ | 6,907 | |||||||||
Net interest |
956 | 262 | (92 | ) | 16 | 1,142 | ||||||||||||||
Net revenues |
$ | 5,911 | $ | 1,555 | $ | 647 | $ | (64 | ) | $ | 8,049 | |||||||||
Income from continuing operations before gains from unconsolidated investees and income taxes |
$ | 2,183 | $ | (34 | ) | $ | (204 | ) | $ | 3 | $ | 1,948 | ||||||||
Gains from unconsolidated investees |
8 | | | | 8 | |||||||||||||||
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes |
618 | (25 | ) | (63 | ) | 1 | 531 | |||||||||||||
Income from continuing operations |
$ | 1,573 | $ | (9 | ) | $ | (141 | ) | $ | 2 | $ | 1,425 | ||||||||
Three Months Ended August 31, 2007 |
Institutional Securities |
Global Wealth Management Group |
Asset Management |
Intersegment Eliminations(1) |
Total | |||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net revenues excluding net interest |
$ | 4,049 | $ | 1,488 | $ | 1,372 | $ | (84 | ) | $ | 6,825 | |||||||||
Net interest |
934 | 195 | (8 | ) | 12 | 1,133 | ||||||||||||||
Net revenues |
$ | 4,983 | $ | 1,683 | $ | 1,364 | $ | (72 | ) | $ | 7,958 | |||||||||
Income from continuing operations before losses from unconsolidated investees and income taxes |
$ | 1,501 | $ | 287 | $ | 491 | $ | (14 | ) | $ | 2,265 | |||||||||
Losses from unconsolidated investees |
(19 | ) | | | | (19 | ) | |||||||||||||
Provision for income taxes |
483 | 119 | 174 | (4 | ) | 772 | ||||||||||||||
Income from continuing operations(2) |
$ | 999 | $ | 168 | $ | 317 | $ | (10 | ) | $ | 1,474 | |||||||||
Nine Months Ended August 31, 2008 |
Institutional Securities |
Global Wealth Management Group |
Asset Management |
Intersegment Eliminations |
Total | |||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net revenues excluding net interest |
$ | 14,017 | $ | 4,888 | $ | 1,817 | $ | (190 | ) | $ | 20,532 | |||||||||
Net interest |
1,732 | 709 | (139 | ) | 47 | 2,349 | ||||||||||||||
Net revenues |
$ | 15,749 | $ | 5,597 | $ | 1,678 | $ | (143 | ) | $ | 22,881 | |||||||||
Income from continuing operations before gains from unconsolidated investees and income taxes |
$ | 4,979 | $ | 1,209 | $ | (592 | ) | $ | 12 | $ | 5,608 | |||||||||
Gains from unconsolidated investees |
29 | | | | 29 | |||||||||||||||
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes |
1,405 | 440 | (215 | ) | 5 | 1,635 | ||||||||||||||
Income from continuing operations(3) |
$ | 3,603 | $ | 769 | $ | (377 | ) | $ | 7 | $ | 4,002 | |||||||||
50 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Nine Months Ended August 31, 2007 |
Institutional Securities |
Global Wealth Management Group |
Asset Management |
Intersegment Eliminations(1) |
Total | ||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | |||||||||||||||||||
Net revenues excluding net interest |
$ | 18,243 | $ | 4,346 | $ | 4,260 | $ | (208 | ) | $ | 26,641 | ||||||||
Net interest |
1,331 | 490 | (19 | ) | 33 | 1,835 | |||||||||||||
Net revenues |
$ | 19,574 | $ | 4,836 | $ | 4,241 | $ | (175 | ) | $ | 28,476 | ||||||||
Income from continuing operations before losses from unconsolidated investees and income taxes |
$ | 7,296 | $ | 777 | $ | 1,173 | $ | (1 | ) | $ | 9,245 | ||||||||
Losses from unconsolidated investees |
(65 | ) | | | | (65 | ) | ||||||||||||
Provision for income taxes |
2,293 | 308 | 428 | | 3,029 | ||||||||||||||
Income from continuing operations(2) |
$ | 4,938 | $ | 469 | $ | 745 | $ | (1 | ) | $ | 6,151 | ||||||||
Net Interest |
Institutional Securities |
Global Wealth Management Group |
Asset Management |
Intersegment Eliminations |
Total | ||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | |||||||||||||||||||
Three Months Ended August 31, 2008 |
|||||||||||||||||||
Interest and dividends |
$ | 9,461 | $ | 327 | $ | 16 | $ | (12 | ) | $ | 9,792 | ||||||||
Interest expense |
8,505 | 65 | 108 | (28 | ) | 8,650 | |||||||||||||
Net interest |
$ | 956 | $ | 262 | $ | (92 | ) | $ | 16 | $ | 1,142 | ||||||||
Three Months Ended August 31, 2007 |
|||||||||||||||||||
Interest and dividends |
$ | 14,141 | $ | 321 | $ | 14 | $ | (71 | ) | $ | 14,405 | ||||||||
Interest expense |
13,207 | 126 | 22 | (83 | ) | 13,272 | |||||||||||||
Net interest |
$ | 934 | $ | 195 | $ | (8 | ) | $ | 12 | $ | 1,133 | ||||||||
Nine Months Ended August 31, 2008 |
|||||||||||||||||||
Interest and dividends |
$ | 32,914 | $ | 948 | $ | 47 | $ | (35 | ) | $ | 33,874 | ||||||||
Interest expense |
31,182 | 239 | 186 | (82 | ) | 31,525 | |||||||||||||
Net interest |
$ | 1,732 | $ | 709 | $ | (139 | ) | $ | 47 | $ | 2,349 | ||||||||
Nine Months Ended August 31, 2007 |
|||||||||||||||||||
Interest and dividends |
$ | 43,355 | $ | 893 | $ | 57 | $ | (329 | ) | $ | 43,976 | ||||||||
Interest expense |
42,024 | 403 | 76 | (362 | ) | 42,141 | |||||||||||||
Net interest |
$ | 1,331 | $ | 490 | $ | (19 | ) | $ | 33 | $ | 1,835 | ||||||||
Total Assets(4) |
Institutional Securities |
Global Wealth Management Group |
Asset Management |
Total | ||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||
At August 31, 2008 |
$ | 949,293 | $ | 22,645 | $ | 15,465 | $ | 987,403 | ||||
At November 30, 2007 |
$ | 1,005,452 | $ | 27,518 | $ | 12,439 | $ | 1,045,409 | ||||
(1) | Included in the results for the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2007 is a $25 million advisory fee related to the Discover Spin-off that was eliminated in consolidation. |
(2) | See Note 15 for a discussion of discontinued operations. |
51 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
(3) | Income from continuing operations includes $120 million ($171 million pre-tax), $0.11 per diluted share, due to the reversal of valuation adjustments related to interest rate derivatives, and a cumulative negative adjustment of $84 million ($120 million pre-tax), $0.08 per diluted share, resulting from incorrect valuations of a London-based traders positions related to prior quarters. These amounts are included in the Institutional Securities business segment. |
(4) | Corporate assets have been fully allocated to the Companys business segments. |
The Company operates in both U.S. and non-U.S. markets. The Companys non-U.S. business activities are principally conducted through European and Asian locations. The following table presents selected income statement information of the Companys operations by geographic area. The net revenues disclosed in the following table reflect the regional view of the Companys consolidated net revenues, on a managed basis, based on the following methodology:
| Institutional Securities: investment bankingclient location, equity capital marketsclient location, debt capital marketsrevenue recording location, sales & tradingtrading desk location. |
| Global Wealth Management Group: global representative coverage location. |
| Asset Management: client location, except for the merchant banking business, which is based on asset location. |
Three Months Ended August 31, |
Nine Months Ended August 31, | |||||||||||
Net revenues |
2008 | 2007 | 2008 | 2007 | ||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||
Americas |
$ | 4,637 | $ | 4,121 | $ | 11,977 | $ | 16,242 | ||||
Europe, Middle East, and Africa |
2,593 | 2,405 | 7,931 | 8,077 | ||||||||
Asia |
819 | 1,432 | 2,973 | 4,157 | ||||||||
Total |
$ | 8,049 | $ | 7,958 | $ | 22,881 | $ | 28,476 | ||||
15. | Discontinued Operations. |
Discover. On June 30, 2007, the Company completed the Discover Spin-off. The Company distributed all of the outstanding shares of DFS common stock, par value $0.01 per share, to the Companys stockholders of record as of June 18, 2007. The results of DFS through the date of the Discover Spin-off are included within discontinued operations for the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2007.
Net revenues included in discontinued operations related to DFS were $332 million and $2,392 million for the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2007, respectively.
The results of discontinued operations include interest expense that was allocated based upon borrowings that were specifically attributable to DFS operations through intercompany transactions existing prior to the Discover Spin-off. For the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2007, the amount of interest expense reclassified to discontinued operations was approximately $14 million and $159 million, respectively.
Quilter. On February 28, 2007, the Company sold Quilter, its standalone U.K. mass affluent business that was formerly included within the Global Wealth Management Group business segment. The results of Quilter are included within discontinued operations for all periods presented through the date of sale. The results for discontinued operations in the quarter ended February 28, 2007 also included a pre-tax gain of $168 million ($109 million after-tax) on disposition.
52 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Summarized financial information for the Companys discontinued operations:
The table below provides information regarding amounts included within discontinued operations for the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2007 (dollars in millions):
Three Months Ended August 31, 2007 |
Nine Months Ended August 31, 2007 | |||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||
Pre-tax gain on discontinued operations |
||||||
DFS |
$ | 111 | $ | 850 | ||
Quilter |
| 174 | ||||
Total |
$ | 111 | $ | 1,024 | ||
16. | Business Dispositions. |
MSCI. In the nine month period ended August 31, 2008, the Company sold approximately 53 million of its MSCI Inc. (MSCI) shares in two secondary offerings. The Company received net proceeds of approximately $1.6 billion and recognized pre-tax gains of $1.5 billion, net of professional fee expenses of approximately $26 million in conjunction with the sales of this investment. The Company currently owns approximately 28 million shares of MSCIs class B common stock, which represents approximately 66% of the combined voting power of all classes of MSCIs voting stock.
The Company consolidates MSCI for financial reporting purposes. The Company may ultimately divest its entire interest in MSCI.
MSCI is a provider of investment decision support tools to investment institutions worldwide and is included within the Institutional Securities business segment.
The table below provides information regarding the MSCI secondary offerings for the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2008:
Three Months Ended August 31, 2008 |
Nine Months Ended August 31, 2008 | |||||
(in millions) | ||||||
Number of MSCI shares sold |
25 | 53 | ||||
Net proceeds |
$ | 780 | $ | 1,560 | ||
Revenues |
$ | 745 | $ | 1,489 | ||
Professional fee expenses |
$ | 14 | $ | 26 | ||
Pre-tax gain |
$ | 731 | $ | 1,463 |
Morgan Stanley Wealth Management S.V., S.A.U. In the second quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company sold Morgan Stanley Wealth Management S.V., S.A.U. (MSWM S.V.), its Spanish onshore mass affluent wealth management business. The Company recognized a pre-tax gain of approximately $687 million, net of transaction-related charges of approximately of $50 million. The results of MSWM S.V. are included within the Global Wealth Management Group business segment through the date of sale.
53 |
MORGAN STANLEY
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
17. | Subsequent Events. |
Financial Holding Company. On September 21, 2008, the Company obtained approval from the Fed to become a bank holding company upon the conversion of its wholly owned indirect subsidiary, Morgan Stanley Bank (Utah), from a Utah industrial bank to a national bank. On September 23, 2008, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the OCC) authorized Morgan Stanley Bank (Utah) to commence business as a national bank, operating as Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. Concurrent with this conversion, the Company became a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the BHC Act). The Company sought this new status from the Fed to provide the Company maximum flexibility and stability to pursue new business opportunities as the financial marketplace undergoes rapid and profound changes. The Company will pursue initiatives to expand the retail banking services it offers its retail clients and build a stable base of core deposits. The Company has more than 3 million retail accounts and its subsidiary depositary institutions had $36 billion in bank deposits as of August 31, 2008. The Company has become subject to the consolidated supervision and regulation of the Fed and Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. has become subject to the supervision and regulation of the OCC. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) will continue to insure deposits at Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A., and Morgan Stanley Trust FSB to the maximum extent allowed by the FDIC. The Company does not expect significant adverse tax or accounting effects from this new status.
Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. On September 29, 2008, the Company entered into a stock purchase agreement with MUFG to sell $9 billion in equity securities of the Company representing a 21% interest on a fully diluted basis. Under the terms of the agreement, MUFG will purchase (i) 6,045,750 shares of 10% Series B Non-Cumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (Series B Preferred Stock), at a purchase price of $1,000.00 per share, and (ii) 117,000,000 shares of the Companys common stock, par value $0.01 per share, at a purchase price of $25.25 per share.
The Series B Preferred Stock is convertible at MUFGs option at any time at a conversion price of $31.25 per share, subject to certain anti-dilution adjustments. One-half of the Series B Preferred Stock will mandatorily convert into Common Stock when, at any time after the first anniversary of the closing, the market price of the Companys Common Stock exceeds 150% of the conversion price for twenty trading days within any period of thirty consecutive trading days beginning after such first anniversary. The remainder of the Series B Preferred Stock will mandatorily convert on the same basis following the second anniversary of the closing. Each share of Series B Preferred Stock is convertible into 32 shares of common stock, subject to certain anti-dilution adjustments.
On October 7, 2008, the Company announced that the parties had received key regulatory clearances for the transaction, including approval by the Fed and other key global regulators, and early termination under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Act. The transaction is expected to close promptly after the expiration of the mandatory five-day waiting period following the Fed approval on October 6, 2008. Upon closing, MUFG has the right to nominate a representative for election to the Companys Board of Directors (the Board) and the right to one observer on the Board.
54 |
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Morgan Stanley:
We have reviewed the accompanying condensed consolidated statement of financial condition of Morgan Stanley and subsidiaries (the Company) as of August 31, 2008, and the related condensed consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income for the three-month and nine-month periods ended August 31, 2008 and August 31, 2007, and the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows for the nine-month periods ended August 31, 2008 and 2007. These interim financial statements are the responsibility of the management of the Company.
We conducted our reviews in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). A review of interim financial information consists principally of applying analytical procedures and making inquiries of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters. It is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements taken as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.
Based on our reviews, we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to such condensed consolidated interim financial statements for them to be in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
We have previously audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statement of financial condition of the Company as of November 30, 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in shareholders equity for the fiscal year then ended (not presented herein) included in Morgan Stanleys Annual Report on Form 10-K; and in our report dated January 28, 2008, which report contains an explanatory paragraph relating to the adoption, in fiscal 2005, of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment and effective December 1, 2005, the change in accounting policy for recognition of equity awards granted to retirement-eligible employees, an explanatory paragraph relating to, in fiscal 2006, the application of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements, an explanatory paragraph relating to the adoption, in fiscal 2007, of SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements and SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial LiabilitiesIncluding an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 and an explanatory paragraph relating to the adoption, in fiscal 2007, of SFAS No. 158, Employers Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R), we expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. In our opinion, the information set forth in the accompanying condensed consolidated statement of financial condition as of November 30, 2007 is fairly stated, in all material respects, in relation to the consolidated statement of financial condition from which it has been derived.
As discussed in Note 1 and in Note 13 to the condensed consolidated interim financial statements, effective December 1, 2007, the Company adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109.
/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP |
New York, New York |
October 8, 2008 |
55 |
Item 2. | Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. |
Morgan Stanley (the Company) is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segmentsInstitutional Securities, Global Wealth Management Group and Asset Management. The Company, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. A summary of the activities of each of the segments follows.
Institutional Securities includes capital raising; financial advisory services, including advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings, real estate and project finance; corporate lending; sales, trading, financing and market-making activities in equity and fixed income securities and related products, including foreign exchange and commodities; benchmark indices and risk management analytics; research; and investment activities.
Global Wealth Management Group provides brokerage and investment advisory services covering various investment alternatives; financial and wealth planning services; annuity and other insurance products; credit and other lending products; cash management services; retirement services; and trust and fiduciary services.
Asset Management provides global asset management products and services in equity, fixed income, alternative investments, which includes hedge funds and funds of funds, and merchant banking, which includes real estate, private equity and infrastructure, to institutional and retail clients through proprietary and third-party distribution channels. Asset Management also engages in investment activities.
The discussion of the Companys results of operations below may contain forward-looking statements. These statements, which reflect managements beliefs and expectations, are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially. For a discussion of the risks and uncertainties that may affect the Companys future results, please see Forward-Looking Statements immediately preceding Part I, Item 1, Competition and Regulation in Part I, Item 1, Risk Factors in Part I, Item 1A and Certain Factors Affecting Results of Operations in Part II, Item 7 of the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007 (the Form 10-K), Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in the Companys 2008 Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Risk Factors in Part II, Item 1A herein, and other items throughout the Form 10-K, Forms 10-Q and the Companys 2008 Current Reports on Form 8-K.
The Companys results of operations for the quarters and nine month periods ended August 31, 2008 and 2007 are discussed below.
Discontinued Operations.
On June 30, 2007, the Company completed the spin-off (the Discover Spin-off) of Discover Financial Services (DFS) to its shareholders. DFS results are included within discontinued operations for all periods presented through the date of the Discover Spin-off. The results of Quilter Holdings Ltd. (Quilter), Global Wealth Management Groups former mass affluent business in the U.K., are also reported as discontinued operations for the first quarter of fiscal 2007. See Note 15 to the condensed consolidated financial statements.
56 |
Executive Summary.
Financial Information.
At or for the Three Months Ended August 31, |
At or for the Nine Months Ended August 31, |
|||||||||||||||
2008 | 2007(1) | 2008 | 2007(1) | |||||||||||||
Net revenues (dollars in millions): |
||||||||||||||||
Institutional Securities |
$ | 5,911 | $ | 4,983 | $ | 15,749 | $ | 19,574 | ||||||||
Global Wealth Management Group |
1,555 | 1,683 | 5,597 | 4,836 | ||||||||||||
Asset Management |
647 | 1,364 | 1,678 | 4,241 | ||||||||||||
Intersegment Eliminations |
(64 | ) | (72 | ) | (143 | ) | (175 | ) | ||||||||
Consolidated net revenues |
$ | 8,049 | $ | 7,958 | $ | 22,881 | $ | 28,476 | ||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes (dollars in millions)(2): |
||||||||||||||||
Institutional Securities |
$ | 2,183 | $ | 1,501 | $ | 4,979 | $ | 7,296 | ||||||||
Global Wealth Management Group |
(34 | ) | 287 | 1,209 | 777 | |||||||||||
Asset Management |
(204 | ) | 491 | (592 | ) | 1,173 | ||||||||||
Intersegment Eliminations |
3 | (14 | ) | 12 | (1 | ) | ||||||||||
Consolidated income before income taxes |
$ | 1,948 | $ | 2,265 | $ | 5,608 | $ | 9,245 | ||||||||
Consolidated net income (dollars in millions) |
$ | 1,425 | $ | 1,543 | $ | 4,002 | $ | 6,797 | ||||||||
Earnings applicable to common shareholders (dollars in millions)(3) |
$ | 1,414 | $ | 1,526 | $ | 3,960 | $ | 6,747 | ||||||||
Earnings per basic common share: |
||||||||||||||||
Income from continuing operations |
$ | 1.36 | $ | 1.45 | $ | 3.83 | $ | 6.08 | ||||||||
Gain on discontinued operations |
| 0.07 | | 0.65 | ||||||||||||
Earnings per basic common share |
$ | 1.36 | $ | 1.52 | $ | 3.83 | $ | 6.73 | ||||||||
Earnings per diluted common share: |
||||||||||||||||
Income from continuing operations |
$ | 1.32 | $ | 1.38 | $ | 3.72 | $ | 5.79 | ||||||||
Gain on discontinued operations |
| 0.06 | | 0.61 | ||||||||||||
Earnings per diluted common share |
$ | 1.32 | $ | 1.44 | $ | 3.72 | $ | 6.40 | ||||||||
Regional net revenues (dollars in millions)(4): |
||||||||||||||||
Americas |
$ | 4,637 | $ | 4,121 | $ | 11,977 | $ | 16,242 | ||||||||
Europe, Middle East and Africa |
2,593 | 2,405 | 7,931 | 8,077 | ||||||||||||
Asia |
819 | 1,432 | 2,973 | 4,157 | ||||||||||||
Consolidated net revenues |
$ | 8,049 | $ | 7,958 | $ | 22,881 | $ | 28,476 | ||||||||
Statistical Data. |
||||||||||||||||
Book value per common share(5) |
$ | 31.25 | $ | 32.14 | $ | 31.25 | $ | 32.14 | ||||||||
Average common equity (dollars in billions)(6): |
||||||||||||||||
Institutional Securities |
$ | 21.6 | $ | 25.1 | $ | 23.3 | $ | 22.6 | ||||||||
Global Wealth Management Group |
1.4 | 1.7 | 1.5 | 1.7 | ||||||||||||
Asset Management |
4.2 | 3.6 | 3.8 | 3.3 | ||||||||||||
Total from operating segments |
27.2 | 30.4 | 28.6 | 27.6 | ||||||||||||
Discontinued operations |
| 1.9 | | 4.4 | ||||||||||||
Unallocated capital |
7.1 | 3.5 | 4.2 | 4.2 | ||||||||||||
Consolidated average common equity |
$ | 34.3 | $ | 35.8 | $ | 32.8 | $ | 36.2 | ||||||||
57 |
Statistical Data(Continued).
At or for the Three Months Ended August 31, |
At or for the Nine Months Ended August 31, |
|||||||||||||||
2008 | 2007(1) | 2008 | 2007(1) | |||||||||||||
Return on average common equity(6): |
||||||||||||||||
Consolidated |
16 | % | 17 | % | 16 | % | 25 | % | ||||||||
Institutional Securities |
29 | % | 16 | % | 20 | % | 29 | % | ||||||||
Global Wealth Management Group |
N/M | 39 | % | 70 | % | 37 | % | |||||||||
Asset Management |
N/M | 35 | % | N/M | 30 | % | ||||||||||
Effective income tax rate from continuing operations |
27.1 | % | 34.4 | % | 29.0 | % | 33.0 | % | ||||||||
Worldwide employees |
46,383 | 47,713 | 46,383 | 47,713 | ||||||||||||
Average liquidity (dollars in billions)(7): |
||||||||||||||||
Parent company liquidity |
$ | 81 | $ | 49 | $ | 75 | $ | 44 | ||||||||
Bank and other subsidiary liquidity |
94 | 44 | 69 | 30 | ||||||||||||
Total liquidity |
$ | 175 | $ | 93 | $ | 144 | $ | 74 | ||||||||
Capital ratios(8): |
||||||||||||||||
Total capital ratio |
19.0 | % | | 19.0 | % | | ||||||||||
Tier 1 ratio |
12.7 | % | | 12.7 | % | | ||||||||||
Consolidated assets under management or supervision by asset class (dollars in billions): |
||||||||||||||||
Equity(9) |
$ | 288 | $ | 333 | $ | 288 | $ | 333 | ||||||||
Fixed income(9) |
265 | 227 | 265 | 227 | ||||||||||||
Alternatives(10) |
70 | 63 | 70 | 63 | ||||||||||||
Private Equity |
3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | ||||||||||||
Infrastructure |
4 | 1 | 4 | 1 | ||||||||||||
Real Estate |
37 | 34 | 37 | 34 | ||||||||||||
Subtotal |
667 | 661 | 667 | 661 | ||||||||||||
Unit trusts |
12 | 15 | 12 | 15 | ||||||||||||
Other(9) |
50 | 57 | 50 | 57 | ||||||||||||
Total assets under management or supervision(11) |
729 | 733 | 729 | 733 | ||||||||||||
Share of minority interest assets(12) |
7 | 6 | 7 | 6 | ||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 736 | $ | 739 | $ | 736 | $ | 739 | ||||||||
Institutional Securities: |
||||||||||||||||
Mergers and acquisitions completed transactions (dollars in billions)(13): |
||||||||||||||||
Global market volume |
$ | 201.7 | $ | 249.7 | $ | 424.5 | $ | 768.6 | ||||||||
Market share |
30.4 | % | 25.8 | % | 24.4 | % | 31.6 | % | ||||||||
Rank |
3 | 2 | 5 | 1 | ||||||||||||
Mergers and acquisitions announced transactions (dollars in billions)(13): |
||||||||||||||||
Global market volume |
$ | 163.8 | $ | 327.7 | $ | 389.9 | $ | 1,043.9 | ||||||||
Market share |
18.3 | % | 28.4 | % | 19.3 | % | 34.9 | % | ||||||||
Rank |
6 | 2 | 5 | 1 | ||||||||||||
Global equity and equity-related issues (dollars in billions)(13): |
||||||||||||||||
Global market volume |
$ | 16.7 | $ | 19.5 | $ | 40.5 | $ | 44.6 | ||||||||
Market share |
10.5 | % | 8.1 | % | 9.7 | % | 7.8 | % | ||||||||
Rank |
2 | 3 | 3 | 4 |
58 |
Statistical Data(Continued).
At or for the Three Months Ended August 31, |
At or for the Nine Months Ended August 31, |
|||||||||||||||
2008 | 2007(1) | 2008 | 2007(1) | |||||||||||||
Global debt issues (dollars in billions)(13): |
||||||||||||||||
Global market volume |
$ | 39.6 | $ | 86.7 | $ | 148.3 | $ | 277.0 | ||||||||
Market share |
4.2 | % | 5.1 | % | 4.4 | % | 5.6 | % | ||||||||
Rank |
10 | 8 | 8 | 5 | ||||||||||||
Global initial public offerings (dollars in billions)(13): |
||||||||||||||||
Global market volume |
$ | 0.7 | $ | 6.5 | $ | 4.9 | $ | 14.5 | ||||||||
Market share |
3.0 | % | 8.2 | % | 5.6 | % | 7.8 | % | ||||||||
Rank |
9 | 3 | 7 | 2 | ||||||||||||
Pre-tax profit margin(14) |
37 | % | 30 | % | 32 | % | 37 | % | ||||||||
Global Wealth Management Group: |
||||||||||||||||
Global representatives |
8,500 | 8,341 | 8,500 | 8,341 | ||||||||||||
Annualized net revenue per global representative (dollars in thousands)(15) |
$ | 741 | $ | 817 | $ | 769 | $ | 796 | ||||||||
Client assets by segment (dollars in billions): |
||||||||||||||||
$10 million or more |
$ | 223 | $ | 228 | $ | 223 | $ | 228 | ||||||||
$1 million $10 million |
261 | 265 | 261 | 265 | ||||||||||||
Subtotal $1 million or more |
484 | 493 | 484 | 493 | ||||||||||||
$100,000 $1 million |
171 | 182 | 171 | 182 | ||||||||||||
Less than $100,000 |
22 | 24 | 22 | 24 | ||||||||||||
Client assets excluding corporate and other accounts |
677 | 699 | 677 | 699 | ||||||||||||
Corporate and other accounts |
30 | 35 | 30 | 35 | ||||||||||||
Total client assets |
$ | 707 | $ | 734 | $ | 707 | $ | 734 | ||||||||
Fee-based assets as a percentage of total client assets(16) |
26 | % | 29 | % | 26 | % | 29 | % | ||||||||
Client assets per global representative (dollars in millions)(17) |
83 | 88 | 83 | 88 | ||||||||||||
Bank deposits (dollars in millions)(18) |
$ | 36,036 | $ | 19,409 | $ | 36,036 | $ | 19,409 | ||||||||
Pre-tax profit margin(14) |
N/M | 17 | % | 22 | % | 16 | % | |||||||||
Asset Management: |
||||||||||||||||
Assets under management or supervision (dollars in billions)(19) |
$ | 570 | $ | 577 | $ | 570 | $ | 577 | ||||||||
Percent of fund assets in top half of Lipper rankings(20) |
34 | % | 41 | % | 34 | % | 41 | % | ||||||||
Pre-tax profit margin(14) |
N/M | 36 | % | N/M | 28 | % |
N/M Not Meaningful
(1) | Certain prior-period information has been reclassified to conform to the current periods presentation. |
(2) | Amounts represent income from continuing operations before gains (losses) from unconsolidated investees, income taxes and gain from discontinued operations. |
(3) | Earnings applicable to common shareholders are used to calculate earnings per share information. The quarters ended August 31, 2008 and 2007 reflect a preferred stock dividend of $11 million and $17 million, respectively. The nine month periods ended August 31, 2008 and 2007 reflect a preferred stock dividend of $42 million and $50 million, respectively. |
(4) | Reflects the regional view of the Companys consolidated net revenues, on a managed basis, based on the following methodology: Institutional Securities: investment bankingclient location, equity capital marketsclient location, debt capital marketsrevenue recording location, sales and tradingtrading desk location. Global Wealth Management Group: global representative coverage location. Asset Management: client location, except for the merchant banking business, which is based on asset location. |
(5) | Book value per common share equals common shareholders equity of $34,665 million at August 31, 2008 and $34,150 million at August 31, 2007, divided by common shares outstanding of 1,109 million at August 31, 2008 and 1,062 million at August 31, 2007. |
(6) | The computation of average common equity for each business segment is based upon an economic capital framework that estimates the amount of equity capital required to support the businesses over a wide range of market environments while simultaneously satisfying regulatory, rating agency and investor requirements. The economic capital framework will evolve over time in response to changes in the |
59 |
business and regulatory environment and to incorporate enhancements in modeling techniques. The effective tax rates used in the computation of segment return on average common equity were determined on a separate entity basis. |
(7) | For a discussion about average liquidity, see Liquidity and Capital ResourcesLiquidity Reserves herein. |
(8) | For a discussion about capital ratios, see Liquidity and Capital ResourcesRegulatory Requirements herein. |
(9) | Equity and fixed income amounts include assets under management or supervision associated with the Asset Management and Global Wealth Management Group business segments. Other amounts include assets under management or supervision associated with the Global Wealth Management Group business segment. |
(10) | Amounts reported for Alternatives include the Companys invested equity in those funds and include a range of alternative investment products such as hedge funds, funds of hedge funds and funds of private equity funds. |
(11) | Revenues and expenses associated with these assets are included in the Companys Asset Management, Global Wealth Management Group and Institutional Securities business segments. |
(12) | Amounts represent Asset Managements proportional share of assets managed by entities in which it owns a minority interest. |
(13) | Source: Thomson Reuters, data as of August 31, 2008 (generated on September 3, 2008)The data for the quarters ended August 31, 2008 and 2007 are for the periods from June 1 to August 31, 2008 and June 1 to August 31, 2007, respectively. The data for the nine month periods ended August 31, 2008 and 2007 are for the periods from January 1 to August 31, 2008 and January 1 to August 31, 2007, respectively, as the industry standard is to view this data on a calendar-year basis. |
(14) | Percentages represent income from continuing operations before gains (losses) from unconsolidated investees and income taxes, as a percentage of net revenues. |
(15) | Annualized net revenue per global representative amounts equal Global Wealth Management Groups net revenues (excluding the sale of Morgan Stanley Wealth Management S.V.) divided by the quarterly average global representative headcount for the periods presented. |
(16) | The decline in fee-based assets as a percent of total client assets largely reflected the termination on October 1, 2007 of the Companys fee-based (fee-in-lieu of commission) brokerage program pursuant to a court decision vacating a Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) rule that permitted fee-based brokerage. Client assets that were in the fee-based program primarily moved to commission-based brokerage accounts, or at the election of some clients, into other fee-based advisory programs, including Morgan Stanley Advisory, a nondiscretionary account launched in August 2007. |
(17) | Client assets per global representative equal total period-end client assets divided by period-end global representative headcount. |
(18) | Bank deposits are held at certain of the Companys Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the FDIC) insured depository institutions for the benefit of retail clients through their accounts. |
(19) | Amounts include Asset Managements proportional share of assets managed by entities in which it owns a minority interest. |
(20) | Source: Lipper, one-year performance excluding money market funds as of August 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. |
Financial Holding Company. On September 21, 2008, the Company obtained approval from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the Fed) to become a bank holding company upon the conversion of its wholly owned indirect subsidiary, Morgan Stanley Bank (Utah), from a Utah industrial bank to a national bank. On September 23, 2008, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the OCC) authorized Morgan Stanley Bank (Utah) to commence business as a national bank, operating as Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. Concurrent with this conversion, the Company became a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the BHC Act). The Company sought this new status from the Fed to provide the Company maximum flexibility and stability to pursue new business opportunities as the financial marketplace undergoes rapid and profound changes. The Company will pursue initiatives to expand the retail banking services it offers its retail clients and build a stable base of core deposits. The Company has more than 3 million retail accounts and its subsidiary depository institutions had $36 billion in bank deposits as of August 31, 2008. The Company has become subject to the supervision and regulation of the Fed and Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. has become subject to the consolidated supervision and regulation of the OCC. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) will continue to insure deposits at Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. and Morgan Stanley Trust FSB to the maximum extent allowed by the FDIC. See Financial Holding Company Status herein for a further discussion. The Company does not expect significant adverse tax or accounting effects from this new status.
Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. On September 29, 2008, the Company reached a definitive agreement under which Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (MUFG) would invest $9 billion in equity securities of the Company representing a 21% interest on a fully diluted basis. See Note 17 to the condensed consolidated financial statements for a further description of terms of the agreement. The Company and MUFG have also agreed to pursue a global strategic alliance and have identified numerous areas of collaboration, including asset management, capital markets and corporate and retail banking. On October 7, 2008, the Company announced that the parties had received key regulatory clearances for the transaction, including approval by the Fed and other key global regulators, and early termination under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Act.
60 |
The transaction is expected to close promptly after the expiration of the mandatory five-day waiting period following the Fed approval on October 6, 2008. Upon closing, MUFG has the right to nominate a representative for election to the Companys Board of Directors (the Board) and the right to one observer on the Board.
Third Quarter 2008 Performance.
Company Results. The Company recorded net income of $1,425 million in the quarter ended August 31, 2008, an 8% decrease from the comparable fiscal 2007 period. Results for the quarter ended August 31, 2008 included a pre-tax gain of $731 million related to a secondary offering of MSCI Inc. (see Note 16 to the condensed consolidated financial statements). Net revenues (total revenues less interest expense) increased 1% to $8,049 million as challenging market conditions negatively affected the current quarters results. Non-interest expenses of $6,101 million increased 7% from the third quarter of last year primarily due to a $288 million charge related to the announced buy-back program of auction rate securities. Diluted earnings per share were $1.32 compared with $1.44 in last years third quarter. Compensation and benefits expense increased 3%. Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations were $1.32 compared with $1.38 in last years third quarter. The annualized return on average common equity from continuing operations was 16.5% compared with 17.2% in the third quarter of last year.
For the nine month period ended August 31, 2008, net income was $4,002 million, a 41% decrease from $6,797 million a year ago. Net revenues decreased 20% to $22,881 million and non-interest expenses decreased 10% to $17,273 million. Diluted earnings per share were $3.72 compared with $6.40 a year ago. The annualized return on average common equity from continuing operations for the nine month period was 16.1% compared with 25.5% in the prior-year period. Results for the nine month period ended August 31, 2008 included a pre-tax gain of $1,463 million related to the secondary offerings of MSCI Inc. and a pre-tax gain of $687 million related to the sale of Morgan Stanley Wealth Management S.V., S.A.U. (MSWM S.V.) (see Note 16 to the condensed consolidated financial statements). Results for the nine month period ended August 31, 2007 included a gain of $168 million ($109 million after-tax) in discontinued operations related to the sale of Quilter on February 28, 2007 (see Note 15 to the condensed consolidated financial statements).
The Companys effective income tax rate from continuing operations was 27.1% and 29.0% for the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2008 compared with 34.4% and 33.0% for the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2007, respectively. The decrease in the effective rate in the quarter primarily reflected a change in the geographic mix of earnings. The decrease in the effective rate in the nine month period primarily reflected a change in the geographic mix of earnings and a lower level of earnings.
At August 31, 2008, the Company had 46,383 employees worldwide compared with 47,713 at the end of the third quarter of last year and 48,256 at November 30, 2007.
Institutional Securities. Institutional Securities recorded income from continuing operations before gains (losses) from unconsolidated investees and income taxes of $2,183 million, a 45% increase from last years third quarter. Net revenues increased 19% to $5,911 million primarily due to strong results from equity sales and trading activities and the pre-tax gain of $731 million related to a secondary offering of MSCI Inc. Sales and trading revenues also benefited by approximately $1.5 billion from the widening of the Companys credit spreads on certain long-term and short-term borrowings that are accounted for at fair value. Non-interest expenses increased 7% to $3,728 million from last years third quarter, reflecting higher compensation costs, partially offset by lower brokerage and clearing expenses and other business-related activities.
Investment banking revenues decreased 28% from the third quarter of fiscal 2007 to $1,032 million, reflecting declines in industry-wide activity resulting in lower revenues from merger, acquisition and restructuring activities and lower revenues from fixed income and equity underwriting transactions. Advisory fees from merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions were $401 million, a decrease of 40% from the comparable period of fiscal 2007. Underwriting revenues decreased 19% to $631 million.
61 |
Equity sales and trading revenues increased 42% to $2,671 million. Higher revenues from derivative products, prime brokerage, equity cash products and higher proprietary trading results contributed to the increase. Equity sales and trading revenues also benefited by approximately $509 million from the widening of the Companys credit spreads on certain long-term and short-term borrowings that are accounted for at fair value. Fixed income sales and trading revenues were $1,903 million, 8% below the $2,078 million recorded in the third quarter of fiscal 2007. Lower revenues from interest rate, credit and currency products and net losses in mortgage loan products were partly offset by higher revenues from commodities. In addition, fixed income sales and trading benefited by approximately $956 million from the widening of the Companys credit spreads on certain long-term and short-term borrowings that are accounted for at fair value. Within interest rate, currency and credit products, continued dislocation in the credit markets resulted in a decline in credit products revenue primarily reflecting losses related to monoline exposures. The decline in credit products revenues was partly offset by higher net revenues from foreign exchange products, reflecting higher customer flow and higher levels of volatility. Commodities results increased from a year ago reflecting strong customer flow and higher price volatility.
In the third quarter of fiscal 2008, other sales and trading losses of $410 million reflected mark-to-market losses on loans and commitments that were partly offset by gains on related hedges and losses related to mortgage-related securities portfolios in the Companys domestic subsidiary banks (see Impact of Credit Market Events herein).
Principal transaction net investment losses aggregating $245 million were recognized in the quarter ended August 31, 2008 compared with net investment gains of $217 million in the quarter ended August 31, 2007. The losses were primarily related to net losses from the Companys investments in passive limited partnership interests associated with the Companys real estate funds and investments that benefit certain employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans, and other principal investments.
Global Wealth Management Group. Global Wealth Management Group recorded losses from continuing operations before income taxes of $34 million, as compared with income of $287 million in the third quarter of fiscal 2007, primarily reflecting a charge of $277 million for the announced buy-back program of auction rate securities (see Note 8 to the condensed consolidated financial statements). Net revenues were $1,555 million, an 8% decrease from last years third quarter, primarily reflecting lower revenues from asset management, distribution and administration fees and lower investment banking revenues. The decline in net revenues was partly offset by higher net interest revenue from growth in the bank deposit program. The decline in asset management revenues reflects the termination of the Companys fee-based brokerage program in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007 and a change in the classification of sub-advisory fees due to modifications of certain customer agreements, partly offset by growth in other fee-based products. Total non-interest expenses were $1,589 million, a 14% increase from last years third quarter. Compensation and benefits expense decreased 6%, primarily reflecting lower incentive-based compensation accruals due to lower net revenues. Non-compensation costs increased 65%, primarily due to the previously mentioned charge of $277 million for the auction rate securities. In addition, the third quarter of fiscal 2007 included an insurance reimbursement related to a litigation matter. The increase in non-compensation costs was partly offset by a change in the classification of sub-advisory fees due to modifications of certain customer agreements. Total client assets were $707 billion, a $27 billion decrease from last years third quarter. Client assets in fee-based accounts were $186 billion, a 12% decrease from last years third quarter and decreased as a percentage of total client assets to 26% from 29%. The decline in fee-based assets as a percent of total client assets largely reflected the termination on October 1, 2007 of the Companys fee-based (fee-in-lieu of commission) brokerage program pursuant to a court decision vacating an SEC rule that permitted fee-based brokerage. At August 31, 2008, the number of global representatives was 8,500, an increase of 159 from a year ago.
Asset Management. Asset Management recorded a loss before income taxes of $204 million in the third quarter of fiscal 2008 compared with income before income taxes of $491 million in the third quarter of last year. The current quarter includes the operating results of Crescent Real Estate Equities Limited Partnership (Crescent). Net
62 |
revenues of $647 million decreased 53% from last years third quarter, primarily due to principal transaction net losses in the real estate and private equity businesses compared with gains recorded in the third quarter of last year. Asset management, distribution and administration fees were lower primarily due to lower performance fees in the Companys alternatives business. Non-interest expenses decreased 3% to $851 million from last years third quarter. Compensation and benefits expense decreased 25%, primarily reflecting lower incentive based compensation accruals due to lower net revenues including losses associated with investments for the benefit of the Companys employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans. Assets under management or supervision within Asset Management of $570 billion were down $7 billion from a year ago, primarily reflecting a decrease in equity products resulting from market depreciation and net outflows, partially offset by an increase in assets related to net inflows from alternative products and institutional money market funds.
Global Market and Economic Conditions.
In the U.S., market and economic conditions were unprecedented and challenging with tighter credit conditions and slower growth during the third quarter of fiscal 2008. During the quarter, credit markets continued to experience illiquidity and wider credit spreads. Continued concerns about the impact of monoline insurers, residential and commercial mortgage loan products and structured investment vehicles caused the broader credit markets to deteriorate further. The U.S. unemployment rate at the end of the third quarter of fiscal 2008 increased to 6.1% from 4.7% at the end of fiscal 2007, reaching the highest level in the last five years. In the U.S., equity market indices were both lower at the end of the quarter and the nine month period. Concerns about future economic growth, high oil prices, lower consumer sentiment, the adverse developments in the credit markets and mixed corporate earnings continued to challenge the U.S. economy and the equity markets. The Fed left the benchmark interest rate and discount rate unchanged during the quarter, while the benchmark interest rate and the discount rate were both lowered by 2.50% in the nine month period, including a 0.75% interest rate reduction in January 2008. Also, during the nine month period, the Fed lowered the primary credit rate by 0.25%. The Fed continues to provide additional liquidity and stability to the financial markets and continues to mitigate the negative economic impact related to the credit markets. Although providing liquidity and stability to the financial markets is a primary objective, the Fed also remains concerned about inflationary pressures.
Subsequent to quarter end, credit conditions worsened considerably (see Impact of Credit Market Events herein) and the landscape of the U.S. financial services industry changed dramatically. In September 2008, the potential systemic impact from maturing debt at two government sponsored entities (GSEs), formerly Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac) and Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae), led the U.S. Federal Government to assume a conservatorship role in these GSEs. In September 2008, Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. (Lehman Brothers) declared bankruptcy, the Bank of America Corp. (Bank of America) announced and signed an agreement to acquire Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. (Merrill Lynch) and the U.S. Federal government provided a loan to American International Group Inc. (AIG) in exchange for an equity interest in AIG. In September 2008, the Fed announced enhancements to its programs to provide additional liquidity to the asset-backed commercial paper and money markets, and the Fed has indicated that it plans to purchase from primary dealers short-term debt obligations issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and the Federal Home Loan Banks. In September 2008, the U.S. Treasury proposed a plan to buy mortgage-related, illiquid and other troubled assets from U.S. financial institutions and in early October 2008, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 was enacted. In September 2008, the Company and Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. received approval from the Fed to become federal bank holding companies. Also, in September 2008, other major U.S. financial institutions continued to consolidate. In October 2008, the Fed announced that it will establish a commercial paper funding facility in order to provide additional liquidity to the short-term debt markets. Also, in October 2008, the Fed lowered both the benchmark interest rate and the discount rate by 0.50% and it continues to consult frequently with its global central bank counterparts.
In Europe, economic growth continued to slow during the third quarter of fiscal 2008 as export demand decreased, housing prices declined, consumer spending and business investment slowed and the disruption in the global financial markets continued. In Europe, equity market indices were both lower at the end of the quarter and nine month period. Concerns about the economic outlook and difficult conditions in the credit markets continued to challenge the European economy and the equity markets. The European Central Bank (ECB)
63 |
raised the benchmark interest rate by 0.25% in both the quarter and nine month period. The ECB has indicated that it remains concerned about global inflation. The Bank of England left the benchmark interest rate unchanged in the quarter and decreased the benchmark interest rate by an aggregate of 0.75% in the nine month period. Subsequent to quarter end, financial services companies within Europe began to consolidate as lending conditions among European banks worsened, the Lehman Brothers bankruptcy triggered additional credit disruptions and European governments intervened on behalf of large financial institutions. In October 2008, the ECB and the Bank of England both lowered their benchmark interest rates by 0.50% each in a coordinated effort with global central banks.
In Japan, economic growth slowed as demand for exports were adversely impacted by higher energy and production costs. The level of unemployment remained relatively low. Japanese equity market indices ended both the quarter and the nine month period lower. The Bank of Japan left the benchmark interest rate unchanged during the quarter and the nine month period. Economies elsewhere in Asia expanded, particularly in China, which benefited from strength in exports, domestic demand for capital projects and continued globalization. In China, equity market indices in the quarter were lower and in the nine month period were substantially lower. The Peoples Bank of China left the benchmark lending rate unchanged during the quarter and increased the benchmark interest rate by 0.18% in the nine month period. Subsequent to quarter end, in September 2008, the Peoples Bank of China lowered the benchmark lending rate by 0.27%. In October 2008, the Peoples Bank of China lowered the benchmark interest rate by an additional 0.27% in a coordinated effort with global central banks. Subsequent to quarter end, the impact of difficult global credit conditions had an adverse impact on net Asian exports.
Business Segments.
The remainder of Results of Operations is presented on a business segment basis before discontinued operations. Substantially all of the Companys operating revenues and operating expenses can be directly attributed to its business segments. Certain revenues and expenses have been allocated to each business segment, generally in proportion to its respective net revenues, non-interest expenses or other relevant measures.
As a result of treating certain intersegment transactions as transactions with external parties, the Company includes an Intersegment Eliminations category to reconcile the business segment results to the Companys consolidated results. Income before taxes in Intersegment Eliminations primarily represents the effect of timing differences associated with the revenue and expense recognition of commissions paid by Asset Management to the Global Wealth Management Group associated with sales of certain products and the related compensation costs paid to the Global Wealth Management Groups global representatives. Income (loss) before taxes recorded in Intersegment Eliminations was $3 million and $(14) million in the quarters ended August 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and $12 million and $(1) million in the nine month periods ended August 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
64 |
INSTITUTIONAL SECURITIES
INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION
Three Months Ended August 31, |
Nine Months Ended August 31, |
|||||||||||||||
2008 | 2007 | 2008 | 2007 | |||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||||
Revenues: |
||||||||||||||||
Investment banking |
$ | 1,032 | $ | 1,439 | $ | 2,887 | $ | 4,175 | ||||||||
Principal transactions: |
||||||||||||||||
Trading |
2,449 | 1,236 | 7,152 | 9,970 | ||||||||||||
Investments |
(245 | ) | 217 | (643 | ) | 963 | ||||||||||
Commissions |
759 | 911 | 2,412 | 2,368 | ||||||||||||
Asset management, distribution and administration fees |
33 | 24 | 98 | 74 | ||||||||||||
Interest and dividends |
9,461 | 14,141 | 32,914 | 43,355 | ||||||||||||
Other |
927 | 222 | 2,111 | 693 | ||||||||||||
Total revenues |
14,416 | 18,190 | 46,931 | 61,598 | ||||||||||||
Interest expense |
8,505 | 13,207 | 31,182 | 42,024 | ||||||||||||
Net revenues |
5,911 | 4,983 | 15,749 | 19,574 | ||||||||||||
Total non-interest expenses |
3,728 | 3,482 | 10,770 | 12,278 | ||||||||||||
Income before gains (losses) from unconsolidated investees and income taxes |
2,183 | 1,501 | 4,979 | 7,296 | ||||||||||||
Gains (losses) from unconsolidated investees |
8 | (19 | ) | 29 | (65 | ) | ||||||||||
Provision for income taxes |
618 | 483 | 1,405 | 2,293 | ||||||||||||
Net income |
$ | 1,573 | $ | 999 | $ | 3,603 | $ | 4,938 | ||||||||
Investment Banking. Investment banking revenues for the quarter ended August 31, 2008 decreased 28% from the comparable period of fiscal 2007, reflecting declines in industry-wide activity resulting in lower revenues from merger, acquisition and restructuring activities and lower revenues from fixed income and equity underwriting transactions. Advisory fees from merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions were $401 million, a decrease of 40% from the comparable period of fiscal 2007. Underwriting revenues were $631 million, a decrease of 19% from the comparable period of fiscal 2007. Equity underwriting revenues decreased 12% to $379 million. Fixed income underwriting revenues decreased 27% to $252 million.
At August 31, 2008, the backlog for investment banking transactions remained at consistent levels as compared with the end of the previous quarter. The backlog of merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions and equity and fixed income underwriting transactions is subject to the risk that transactions may not be completed due to challenging economic and market conditions, adverse developments regarding one of the parties to the transaction, a failure to obtain required regulatory approval, or a decision on the part of the parties involved not to pursue a transaction or the pace of completed transactions taking longer than in the past.
Investment banking revenues in the nine month period ended August 31, 2008 decreased 31% from the comparable period of fiscal 2007 due to lower revenues from fixed income and equity underwriting transactions and lower revenues from merger, acquisition and restructuring activities.
Sales and Trading. Sales and trading revenues are composed of principal transaction trading revenues, commissions and net interest revenues (expenses). In assessing the profitability of its sales and trading activities, the Company views principal trading, commissions and net interest revenues (expenses) in the aggregate. In addition, decisions relating to principal transactions are based on an overall review of aggregate revenues and costs associated with each transaction or series of transactions. This review includes, among other things, an assessment of the potential gain or loss associated with a transaction, including any associated commissions, dividends, the interest income or expense associated with financing or hedging the Companys positions, and other related expenses.
65 |
Total sales and trading revenues increased 35% in the quarter ended August 31, 2008 from the comparable period of fiscal 2007.
Sales and trading revenues include the following:
Three Months Ended August 31, |
Nine Months Ended August 31, |
|||||||||||||||
2008(1) | 2007(1) | 2008(1) | 2007(1) | |||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||||
Equity |
$ | 2,671 | $ | 1,880 | $ | 8,241 | $ | 6,572 | ||||||||
Fixed income |
1,903 | 2,078 | 5,086 | 8,137 | ||||||||||||
Other |
(410 | ) | (877 | ) | (2,031 | ) | (1,040 | ) | ||||||||
Total sales and trading revenues |
$ | 4,164 | $ | 3,081 | $ | 11,296 | $ | 13,669 | ||||||||
(1) | Amounts include Principal transactionstrading, Commissions and Net interest revenue (expenses). Other sales and trading net revenues primarily include net losses from loans and closed pipeline commitments related to investment banking, corporate lending and other corporate activities. |
Equity sales and trading revenues increased 42% to $2,671 million in the third quarter of fiscal 2008. The increase was driven by higher revenues from principal trading strategies, derivative products and equity cash products and higher revenues in prime brokerage. Proprietary trading results reflect gains compared with losses in quantitative strategies in the quarter ended August 31, 2007. Revenues from derivative products, prime brokerage and equity cash products reflected higher customer flows and high levels of volatility. Subsequent to August 31, 2008, the Companys prime brokerage business experienced significant outflows as clients withdrew some of their cash balances and reallocated positions. These outflows will negatively impact prime brokerages operating results in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008.
Equity sales and trading revenues also significantly benefited from the widening of the Companys credit spreads on financial instruments that are accounted for at fair value, including, but not limited to, those for which the fair value option was elected pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities on December 1, 2006 (see Note 2 to the condensed consolidated financial statements). Equity sales and trading revenues included approximately $509 million due to the widening of the Companys credit spreads during the quarter resulting from the decrease in the fair value of certain of the Companys long-term and short-term borrowings, primarily structured notes, for which the fair value option was elected.
Fixed income sales and trading revenues were $1,903 million, 8% lower than the third quarter of fiscal 2007. The third quarter of fiscal 2008 reflected lower revenues from interest rate, credit and currency products and losses in residential and commercial mortgage loan products, partially offset by higher revenues from commodities. Fixed income sales and trading revenues reflected unrealized losses of approximately $1.3 billion and $2.4 billion in the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2008, respectively, related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the widening of the counterparties credit default spreads. The Company also recorded unrealized gains of approximately $500 million and $800 million in the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2008, respectively, related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the widening of the Companys credit default swap spreads. The unrealized losses and gains do not reflect any gains or losses on related hedging instruments. Fixed income sales and trading revenues also benefited by $956 million due to widening of the Companys credit spreads resulting from the decrease in the fair value of certain of the Companys long-term and short-term borrowings, such as structured notes, for which the fair value option was elected.
Interest rate, credit and currency product revenues decreased 28% in the third quarter of fiscal 2008. Continued dislocation in the credit markets resulted in lower net revenues from credit products reflecting losses of $362 million related to exposure to monoline insurers (see Impact of Credit Market EventsMonoline Insurers
66 |
herein), partially offset by higher revenues from foreign exchange products due to higher customer flows and market volatility. Writedowns on mortgage proprietary trading products of approximately $640 million were primarily due to a broadening decline in the residential and commercial mortgage sector. The decline in the Companys mortgage loan product activities reflected the difficult market conditions, as well as continued concerns in the subprime mortgage loan sector. See Impact of Credit Market Events herein. Commodity revenues increased 73%, primarily due to higher revenues from oil liquids, reflecting strong customer flow and higher price volatility. Revenues increased by approximately $956 million due to the widening of the Companys credit spreads during the quarter resulting from the decrease in the fair value of certain of the Companys long-term and short-term borrowings, such as structured notes, for which the fair value option was elected.
In addition to the equity and fixed income sales and trading revenues discussed above, sales and trading revenues include the net revenues from the Companys corporate lending activities. In the third quarter of fiscal 2008, other sales and trading losses were $410 million. Included in the $410 million were net losses of $272 million associated with loans and commitments as mark-to-market losses of $715 million were partly offset by gains on related hedges of $443 million. The $410 million also included losses of approximately $108 million related to mortgage-related securities portfolios in the Companys domestic subsidiary banks. For further information, see Impact of Credit Market Events herein.
Total sales and trading revenues decreased 17% to $11,296 million in the nine month period ended August 31, 2008 from the comparable period of fiscal 2007, reflecting lower fixed income sales and trading revenues and losses in other sales and trading revenues, partially offset by higher equity sales and trading revenues. Equity sales and trading revenues increased 25% to $8,241 million primarily due to higher revenues from derivative products, prime brokerage and equity cash products, partially offset by lower revenues from principal trading strategies. Fixed income sales and trading revenues decreased 37% to $5,086 million primarily due to losses in residential and commercial mortgage loan products. The losses in other sales and trading revenues were driven by markdowns of loans and loan commitments associated with the Companys corporate lending activities, primarily event-driven lending. These losses were primarily related to illiquid market conditions.
The Companys corporate lending business originates and distributes loans and commitments and intends to distribute its current positions; however, this is taking substantially longer than in the past due to market conditions. Widening credit spreads for non-investment grade loans could result in additional writedowns for these loans and commitments in excess of hedges. The fair value measurement of loan commitments takes into account certain fee income that is attributable to the contingent commitment contract. For further information about the Companys corporate lending activities, see Item 3, Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market RiskCredit Risk.
Principal TransactionsInvestments. Principal transaction net investment losses aggregating $245 million and $643 million were recognized in the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2008, as compared with net investment gains of $217 million and $963 million in the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2007. The losses were primarily related to net losses from the Companys investments in passive limited partnership interests associated with the Companys real estate funds and investments that benefit certain employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans, and other principal investments. The gains in the fiscal 2007 periods primarily related to realized and unrealized net gains associated with certain of the Companys investments.
Other. Other revenues aggregating $927 million and $2,111 million were recognized in the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2008, as compared with $222 million and $693 million in the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2007. The third quarter of fiscal 2008 included revenues of approximately $745 million related to a secondary offering of MSCI Inc. (see Note 16 to the condensed consolidated financial statements). The nine month period ended August 31, 2008 reflected revenues related to two secondary offerings of MSCI Inc. totaling approximately $1.5 billion. The $1.5 billion included the $745 million recorded in the
67 |
current quarter and $744 million recorded in the second quarter of fiscal 2008. The nine month period ended August 31, 2008 also included a gain associated with the sale of a controlling interest in a previously consolidated commodities subsidiary.
Non-Interest Expenses. Non-interest expenses increased 7% in the quarter ended August 31, 2008 and decreased 12% in the nine month period ended August 31, 2008, primarily due to compensation expense. Compensation and benefits expense increased 14% in the quarter and decreased 23% in the nine month period. The increase in the quarter primarily reflected higher incentive-based compensation accruals due to higher net revenues. The decrease in the nine month period primarily reflected lower incentive-based compensation accruals due to lower net revenues, partially offset by severance-related expenses of $396 million in the nine month period ended August 31, 2008. Excluding compensation and benefits expense, non-interest expenses decreased 4% in the quarter and increased 11% in the nine month period. Occupancy and equipment expenses increased 11% and 13% in the quarter and nine month period, primarily reflecting higher rent and occupancy costs in Europe, the Middle East, Africa and Asia. Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees decreased 18% in the quarter and increased 10% in the nine month period ended August 31, 2008. The decrease in the quarter primarily reflected lower equity trading activity and lower transaction costs in the Europe, the Middle East, Africa and Asia regions. The increase in the nine month period primarily reflected increased equity and fixed income trading activity. Information processing and communications expense increased 8% in the nine month period, primarily due to higher market data and data processing costs. Marketing and business development expenses decreased 14% in the quarter primarily due to lower levels of business activity. Professional services expenses increased 9% in the nine month period, primarily due to higher consulting and legal costs. Other expenses increased 5% and 18% in the quarter and nine month period, primarily reflecting higher regulatory and litigation costs.
68 |
GLOBAL WEALTH MANAGEMENT GROUP
INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION
Three Months Ended August 31, |
Nine Months Ended August 31, | |||||||||||||
2008 | 2007 | 2008 | 2007 | |||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||
Revenues: |
||||||||||||||
Investment banking |
$ | 105 | $ | 166 | $ | 361 | $ | 496 | ||||||
Principal transactions: |
||||||||||||||
Trading |
143 | 145 | 530 | 407 | ||||||||||
Investments |
(9 | ) | 3 | (16 | ) | 21 | ||||||||
Commissions |
326 | 353 | 1,035 | 1,025 | ||||||||||
Asset management, distribution and administration fees |
693 | 788 | 2,103 | 2,286 | ||||||||||
Interest and dividends |
327 | 321 | 948 | 893 | ||||||||||
Other |
35 | 33 | 875 | 111 | ||||||||||
Total revenues |
1,620 | 1,809 | 5,836 | 5,239 | ||||||||||
Interest expense |
65 | 126 | 239 | 403 | ||||||||||
Net revenues |
1,555 | 1,683 | 5,597 | 4,836 | ||||||||||
Total non-interest expenses |
1,589 | 1,396 | 4,388 | 4,059 | ||||||||||
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes |
(34 | ) | 287 | 1,209 | 777 | |||||||||
(Benefit from) provision for income taxes |
(25 | ) | 119 | 440 | 308 | |||||||||
(Loss) income from continuing operations |
$ | (9 | ) | $ | 168 | $ | 769 | $ | 469 | |||||
Investment Banking. Investment banking revenues decreased 37% and 27% in the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2008, primarily due to lower underwriting activity across equity and unit trust products, partially offset by an increase in fixed income underwriting activity. The equity underwriting results in the nine month period ended August 31, 2007 primarily related to closed-end fund offerings.
Principal TransactionsTrading. Principal transaction trading revenues decreased 1% in the quarter and increased 30% in the nine month period ended August 31, 2008. The increase in the nine month period ended August 31, 2008 was due to higher revenues from municipal, corporate and government fixed income securities, partially offset by losses associated with investments that benefit certain employee deferred compensation plans.
Principal TransactionsInvestments. Principal transaction net investment revenues decreased $12 million and $37 million in the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2008. The quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2008 reflected net losses associated with investments that benefit certain employee deferred compensation plans. The quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2007 reflected net gains from certain of the Companys investments in exchanges and memberships.
Commissions. Commission revenues decreased 8% in the quarter ended August 31, 2008, reflecting lower client activity. Commission revenues increased 1% in the nine month period ended August 31, 2008, reflecting higher client activity.
Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees. Asset management, distribution and administration fees decreased 12% and 8% in the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2008, primarily reflecting the discontinuance of the Companys fee-based brokerage program in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007 and a change in the classification of sub-advisory fees due to modifications of certain customer agreements, partially offset by growth in other fee-based products.
69 |
Client assets in fee-based accounts decreased 12% to $186 billion as of August 31, 2008 and represented 26% of total client assets compared with 29% as of August 31, 2007. The decline in fee-based assets as a percent of total client assets largely reflected the termination on October 1, 2007 of the Companys fee-based (fee-in-lieu of commission) brokerage program pursuant to a court decision vacating an SEC rule that permitted fee-based brokerage. Client assets that were in the fee-based program primarily moved to commission-based brokerage accounts, or, at the election of some clients, into other fee-based advisory programs, including Morgan Stanley Advisory, a nondiscretionary account launched in August 2007. Total client asset balances decreased to $707 billion as of August 31, 2008 from $734 billion as of August 31, 2007, primarily due to asset depreciation, partially offset by higher client inflows. Client asset balances in households greater than $1 million decreased to $484 billion as of August 31, 2008 from $493 billion as of August 31, 2007.
Net Interest. Net interest revenues increased 34% and 45% in the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2008, primarily due to increased customer account balances in the bank deposit program. Balances in the bank deposit program rose to $36.0 billion as of August 31, 2008 from $19.4 billion as of August 31, 2007.
Other Revenues. Other revenues were $35 million and $875 million in the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2008. The nine month period ended August 31, 2008 included $743 million related to the sale of MSWM S.V., the Spanish onshore mass affluent wealth management business, during the second quarter of fiscal 2008 (see Note 16 to the condensed consolidated financial statements).
Non-Interest Expenses. Non-interest expenses increased 14% and 8% in the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2008, respectively, primarily reflecting the charge of $277 million for the announced buy-back program of auction rate securities (see Note 8 to the condensed consolidated financial statements). Compensation and benefits expense decreased 6% in the quarter and increased 4% in the nine month period ended August 31, 2008. The decrease in the quarter primarily reflected lower incentive-based compensation accruals due to lower net revenues. The increase in the nine month period ended August 31, 2008 primarily reflected higher incentive-based compensation accruals related to higher net revenues, bonuses paid to certain key employees upon completion of the sale of MSWM S.V. as well as investment in the business. The nine month period ended August 31, 2008 also included severance-related expenses of $27 million. Excluding compensation and benefits expense, non-interest expenses increased 65% and 18% in the quarter and nine month period. Occupancy and equipment increased 9% and 8% in the quarter and nine month period primarily due to an increase in space costs and branch renovations. Professional service expenses decreased 45% and 39% in the quarter and nine month period ended primarily due to the change in the classification of sub-advisory fees due to modifications of certain customer agreements. Other expenses increased 658% and 172% in the quarter and nine month period ended primarily driven by the charge of $277 million related to auction rate securities as previously mentioned.
70 |
ASSET MANAGEMENT
INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION
Three Months Ended August 31, |
Nine Months Ended August 31, | |||||||||||||
2008 | 2007 | 2008 | 2007 | |||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||
Revenues: |
||||||||||||||
Investment banking |
$ | 23 | $ | 92 | $ | 79 | $ | 184 | ||||||
Principal transactions: |
||||||||||||||
Trading |
13 | | (279 | ) | | |||||||||
Investments |
(199 | ) | 338 | (604 | ) | 1,458 | ||||||||
Commissions |
3 | 6 | 12 | 18 | ||||||||||
Asset management, distribution and administration fees |
742 | 926 | 2,366 | 2,538 | ||||||||||
Interest and dividends |
16 | 14 | 47 | 57 | ||||||||||
Other |
157 | 10 | 243 | 62 | ||||||||||
Total revenues |
755 | 1,386 | 1,864 | 4,317 | ||||||||||
Interest expense |
108 | 22 | 186 | 76 | ||||||||||
Net revenues |
647 | 1,364 | 1,678 | 4,241 | ||||||||||
Total non-interest expenses |
851 | 873 | 2,270 | 3,068 | ||||||||||
(Loss) income before income taxes |
(204 | ) | 491 | (592 | ) | 1,173 | ||||||||
(Benefit from) provision for income taxes |
(63 | ) | 174 | (215 | ) | 428 | ||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | (141 | ) | $ | 317 | $ | (377 | ) | $ | 745 | ||||
Investment Banking. Investment banking revenues decreased 75% and 57% in the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2008, primarily reflecting lower revenues from real estate products.
Principal TransactionsTrading. The quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2008 included losses of $10 million and $283 million, respectively, related to securities issued by structured investment vehicles included in the Companys condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. See Impact of Credit Market EventsMoney Market Funds and Structured Investment Vehicles herein for further discussion.
Principal TransactionsInvestments. Principal transaction net investment losses aggregating $199 million and $604 million were recognized in the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2008 as compared with net gains of $338 million and $1,458 million in the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2007. The current quarter and nine month period included net investment losses associated with the Companys merchant banking and alternative investment products, including losses associated with certain investments for the benefit of the Companys employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans. The net investment losses in the nine month period ended August 31, 2008 also included writedowns of approximately $250 million on Crescent prior to its consolidation. See Impact of Credit Market EventsReal Estate Investor FundsCrescent herein for further discussion. The quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2007 included net gains associated with the Companys merchant banking and alternative investment products, including higher revenues associated with certain investments for the benefit of the Companys employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans.
Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees. Asset management, distribution and administration fees decreased 20% and 7% in the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2008, respectively. The decrease in the quarter reflected lower performance fees in the alternatives business as well as lower fund management and administration fees due to a less favorable asset mix. The decrease in the nine month period ended August 31, 2008 was due to lower performance fees from alternative investment products and lower
71 |
distribution fees partially offset by higher fund management and administration fees reflecting an increase in assets under management. Both periods also reflected lower shareholder servicing fees related to the modification of certain sub-transfer agent agreements, which resulted in an offsetting reduction to professional services expense. Average assets under management increased 3% to $582 billion in the quarter ended August 31, 2008 from the prior-year period average of $564 billion. Average assets under management increased 9% to $584 billion during the nine month period ended August 31, 2008 from the prior-year period average of $538 billion.
Asset Managements period-end and average customer assets under management or supervision were as follows:
At August 31, | Average For the Three Months Ended August 31, |
Average For the Nine Months Ended August 31, | ||||||||||||||||
2008 | 2007(1) | 2008 | 2007(1) | 2008 | 2007(1) | |||||||||||||
(dollars in billions) | ||||||||||||||||||
Assets under management or supervision by distribution channel: |
||||||||||||||||||
Morgan Stanley Retail and Intermediary |
$ | 68 | $ | 80 | $ | 71 | $ | 80 | $ | 75 | $ | 78 | ||||||
Van Kampen Retail and Intermediary |
123 | 149 | 128 | 151 | 135 | 147 | ||||||||||||
Retail money markets |
36 | 33 | 36 | 33 | 34 | 34 | ||||||||||||
Total Americas Retail |
227 | 262 | 235 | 264 | 244 | 259 | ||||||||||||
U.S. Institutional |
117 | 121 | 122 | 118 | 124 | 113 | ||||||||||||
Institutional money markets |
98 | 70 | 93 | 61 | 81 | 55 | ||||||||||||
Non-U.S. |
121 | 118 | 125 | 115 | 128 | 106 | ||||||||||||
Total assets under management or supervision |
563 | 571 | 575 | 558 | 577 | 533 | ||||||||||||
Share of minority interest assets(2) |
7 | 6 | 7 | 6 | 7 | 5 | ||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 570 | $ | 577 | $ | 582 | $ | 564 | $ | 584 | $ | 538 | ||||||
At August 31, | Average For the Three Months Ended August 31, |
Average For the Nine Months Ended August 31, | ||||||||||||||||
2008 | 2007(1) | 2008 | 2007(1) | 2008 | 2007(1) | |||||||||||||
(dollars in billions) | ||||||||||||||||||
Assets under management or supervision by asset class: |
||||||||||||||||||
Equity |
$ | 206 | $ | 254 | $ | 218 | $ | 260 | $ | 233 | $ | 252 | ||||||
Fixed income |
231 | 201 | 228 | 191 | 217 | 185 | ||||||||||||
Alternatives(3) |
70 | 63 | 72 | 60 | 70 | 55 | ||||||||||||
Unit trust |
12 | 15 | 12 | 15 | 14 | 15 | ||||||||||||
Total core asset management |
519 | 533 | 530 | 526 | 534 | 507 | ||||||||||||
Private equity |
3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 2 | ||||||||||||
Infrastructure |
4 | 1 | 4 | 1 | 3 | | ||||||||||||
Real estate |
37 | 34 | 38 | 29 | 37 | 24 | ||||||||||||
Total merchant banking |
44 | 38 | 45 | 32 | 43 | 26 | ||||||||||||
Total assets under management or supervision |
563 | 571 | 575 | 558 | 577 | 533 | ||||||||||||
Share of minority interest assets(2) |
7 | 6 | 7 | 6 | 7 | 5 | ||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 570 | $ | 577 | $ | 582 | $ | 564 | $ | 584 | $ | 538 | ||||||
(1) | Prior period information has been reclassified to conform to the current periods presentation. |
(2) | Amounts represent Asset Managements proportional share of assets managed by entities in which it owns a minority interest. |
(3) | The alternatives asset class includes a range of investment products such as hedge funds, funds of hedge funds and funds of private equity funds. |
72 |
Activity in Asset Managements assets under management or supervision were as follows:
Three Months Ended August 31, |
Nine Months Ended August 31, |
|||||||||||||||
2008 | 2007(1) | 2008 | 2007(1) | |||||||||||||
(dollars in billions) | ||||||||||||||||
Balance at beginning of period |
$ | 605 | $ | 560 | $ | 597 | $ | 496 | ||||||||
Net flows by distribution channel: |
||||||||||||||||
Morgan Stanley Retail and Intermediary |
(2 | ) | 1 | (4 | ) | | ||||||||||
Van Kampen Retail and Intermediary |
(4 | ) | 1 | (8 | ) | 3 | ||||||||||
Retail money markets |
(1 | ) | 1 | 3 | (3 | ) | ||||||||||
Total Americas Retail |
(7 | ) | 3 | (9 | ) | | ||||||||||
U.S. Institutional |
(1 | ) | | | 1 | |||||||||||
Institutional money markets |
9 | 12 | 30 | 19 | ||||||||||||
Non-U.S. |
1 | 6 | 3 | 15 | ||||||||||||
Total net flows |
2 | 21 | 24 | 35 | ||||||||||||
Net market (depreciation)/appreciation |
(38 | ) | (5 | ) | (52 | ) | 37 | |||||||||
Total net (decrease)/increase |
(36 | ) | 16 | (28 | ) | 72 | ||||||||||
Acquisitions |
1 | | 1 | 7 | ||||||||||||
Net increase in share of minority interest assets(2) |
| 1 | | 2 | ||||||||||||
Balance at end of period |
$ | 570 | $ | 577 | $ | 570 | $ | 577 | ||||||||
(1) | Prior period information has been reclassified to conform to the current periods presentation. |
(2) | Amount represents Asset Managements proportional share of assets managed by entities in which it owns a minority interest. |
Net flows in the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2008 were primarily associated with positive flows into institutional money markets, partially offset by net outflows from Van Kampen and Morgan Stanley Retail and Intermediary products. See also Impact of Credit Market EventsMoney Market Funds and Structured Investment Vehicles herein.
Other. Other revenues increased by $147 million and $181 million in the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2008, respectively. The increase in the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2008 was primarily due to the revenues associated with Crescent. See Impact of Credit Market EventsReal Estate Investor FundsCrescent herein for further discussion. The increase in the nine month period also included higher revenues associated with Lansdowne Partners, a London-based investment manager in which the Company has a minority interest.
Non-Interest Expenses. Non-interest expenses decreased 3% and 26% in the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2008, primarily reflecting a decrease in compensation and benefits expense, partially offset by higher operating costs associated with Crescent. Compensation and benefits expense decreased 25% and 42% in the quarter and nine month period, primarily reflecting lower incentive-based compensation accruals due to lower net revenues including losses associated with investments for the benefit of the Companys employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans. The decrease in the nine month period was partially offset by severance-related expenses of $59 million. Excluding compensation and benefits expense, non-interest expenses increased 28% and 3% in the quarter and nine month period. Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees decreased 11% and 5% in the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2008, primarily driven by lower commission expenses. The decrease in the nine month period was partially offset by an increase in fee sharing expenses. Professional services expense increased 10% in the quarter and decreased 18% in the nine month period ended August 31, 2008. The increase in the quarter was primarily due to higher consulting fees and other professional services, partially offset by lower sub-advisory and sub-transfer agent fees. The decrease in the nine month period ended August 31, 2008 was primarily due to lower sub-advisory fees and sub-transfer agent fees, partially offset by an increase in consulting fees. Other expenses increased 396% and 71% in the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2008, primarily due to operating costs associated with Crescent.
73 |
Impact of Credit Market Events.
Overview.
The systematic risk reduction in the markets that occurred in the latter half of fiscal 2007 continued in the first nine months of fiscal 2008. Continued concerns about the impact of subprime loans caused the subprime-related and broader credit markets to deteriorate further, with lower levels of liquidity and price transparency for certain credit products. These difficult market conditions adversely affected event-driven lending transactions, U.S. subprime and non-subprime residential mortgage products, commercial real estate products, structured investment vehicles and monoline insurers.
Liquidity and credit concerns were further exacerbated in September 2008 with Lehman Brothers bankruptcy filing, the sale of Merrill Lynch to Bank of America, the U.S. government conservatorship of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and the U.S. government loan to AIG (see Results of OperationsGlobal Market and Economic Conditions herein). The Companys net exposure to Lehman Brothers and AIG was immaterial as of August 31, 2008.
The results for the third quarter of fiscal 2008 included net losses of approximately $1.4 billion due to the difficult market conditions. Included in the $1.4 billion were net losses of $272 million associated with loans and loan commitments, mortgage proprietary trading net losses of $640 million, losses related to monoline exposures of $362 million and losses of $108 million related to mortgage-related securities portfolios in the Companys domestic subsidiary banks.
The results for the third quarter of fiscal 2008 included net losses of approximately $272 million (negative mark-to-market valuations of approximately $715 million net of gains on hedges of approximately $443 million) associated with loans and loan commitments. The results for the nine month period ended August 31, 2008 included approximately $1.7 billion of such losses (negative mark-to-market valuations of approximately $2.4 billion net of gains on hedges of approximately $700 million) associated with loans and loan commitments. These losses were primarily related to the illiquid market conditions that existed since the third quarter of 2007. The valuation of these commitments could change in future periods depending on, among other things, the extent that they are renegotiated or repriced or the associated acquisition transaction does not occur.
The Companys corporate lending business originates and distributes loans and commitments, and intends to distribute its current positions; however, this is taking longer than in the past due to market conditions. Widening credit spreads for non-investment grade loans could result in additional writedowns for these loans and commitments in excess of hedges. For further information about the Companys corporate lending activities, see Item 3, Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market RiskCredit Risk herein.
In the third quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company recorded mortgage proprietary trading losses of approximately $640 million. The $640 million included losses on non-subprime residential mortgages of approximately $400 million, losses on commercial mortgage-backed securities and commercial whole loan positions of approximately $100 million and losses of approximately $100 million on U.S. subprime mortgage proprietary trading exposures. See Mortgage-Related Trading Exposures herein. In the first nine months of fiscal 2008, the Company recorded mortgage proprietary trading losses of approximately $2.2 billion. The $2.2 billion reflected losses on non-subprime residential mortgage, commercial mortgage and U.S. subprime mortgage trading positions.
The quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2008 also included losses of $362 million and $1.4 billion, respectively, related to monoline exposures (see Monoline Insurers herein).
74 |
In addition, the Company recorded losses of approximately $108 million and $400 million in the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2008, respectively, related to mortgage-related securities portfolios in the Companys domestic subsidiary banks (see Subsidiary Banks herein).
The Company also recognized losses of $10 million and $283 million in the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2008, respectively, related to securities issued by structured investment vehicles included in the Companys condensed consolidated statements of financial condition (see Money Market Funds and Structured Investment Vehicles herein).
The Company continues to monitor its real estate-related and lending-related positions in order to manage its exposures to these markets and businesses. As market conditions continue to evolve, the fair value of these positions could further deteriorate (see Results of OperationsAsset Management herein for discussion of losses related to merchant banking and alternative investment products).
At the end of the third quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company performed an interim impairment test for goodwill, which did not result in an impairment charge. However, given the financial market and economic events that occurred in September 2008, the Company will perform an interim impairment test for goodwill during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, which could result in an impairment charge.
Mortgage-Related Trading Exposures.
The Company has exposure to non-subprime residential mortgages which include prime, Alt-A (a categorization that falls between prime and subprime due to certain loan characteristics), European and Asian residential mortgage loans and residential mortgage-backed securities bonds (RMBS) and to derivatives referencing such mortgages or mortgage-backed securities. The Company also has exposure to commercial whole loans, commercial mortgage-backed securities (CMBS) and to related derivatives.
The Company has U.S. subprime mortgage-related trading positions consisting of U.S. asset-backed securities (ABS), collateralized debt obligation (CDO) securities, investments in subprime loans and derivatives referencing subprime mortgages or subprime mortgage-backed securities.
Subprime mortgages are loans secured by real property made to a borrower (or borrowers) with a diminished or impaired credit rating or with a limited credit history. A borrowers credit history is reflected in his credit report and routinely converted into a numerical credit score often referred to as a Fair Isaac Corporation (or FICO) score. Generally, a loan made to a borrower with a low FICO score or other credit score has historically been considered as subprime. Loans to borrowers with higher FICO scores are typically considered prime or A1t-A, but may be subprime if the loan exhibits other high-risk factors.
The Company purchases interests in and enters into derivatives with CDOs. CDOs provide credit risk exposure to a portfolio of securities (cash CDOs) or a reference portfolio of securities (synthetic CDOs). The underlying or reference portfolios may consist of ABS, RMBS, CMBS or other securities. The CDOs to which the Company has exposure were primarily structured and underwritten by third parties, although the Company also structured and underwrote CDOs, for which it received structuring and/or distribution fees, and from time to time retained interests in such CDOs.
The Companys interests in mortgage-related positions are carried at fair value with changes recognized in earnings. The valuation methodology used for these instruments incorporates a variety of inputs, including prices observed from the execution of a limited number of trades in the marketplace; ABX, CMBX and similar indices that track the performance of a series of credit default swaps based on subprime residential or commercial mortgages; and other market information, including data on remittances received and updated cumulative loss data on the underlying mortgages. The fair value of such positions has experienced significant declines as a result
75 |
of a deterioration of value in the benchmark instruments as well as market developments. The value of these positions remains subject to mark-to-market volatility. See Note 1 to the condensed consolidated financial statements for a description regarding valuation of these instruments.
The Companys non-subprime residential, commercial and U.S. subprime mortgage-related exposures have each been reduced in the nine month period ended August 31, 2008 through write-downs, sales, paydowns, and hedging and trading activities whereby the Company purchased short protection including credit default, index and total rate-of-return swap positions.
The following tables provide a summary of the Companys non-subprime residential, commercial and U.S. subprime mortgage-related exposures (excluding amounts related to mortgage-related securities portfolios in the Companys domestic subsidiary banks (see Subsidiary Banks herein)) as of and for the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2008. Net exposure as of November 30, 2007 is also presented. The Company utilizes various methods of evaluating risk in its trading and other portfolios, including monitoring Net Exposure. Net Exposure is defined as potential loss to the Company over a period of time in an event of 100% default of the referenced loan, assuming zero recovery. Positive net exposure amounts indicate potential loss (long position) in a default scenario. Negative net exposure amounts indicate potential gain (short position) in a default scenario. Net Exposure does not take into consideration the risk of counterparty default such that actual losses could exceed the amount of Net Exposure. See Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market RiskCredit Risk in Part II, Item 7A of the Form 10-K for a further description of how credit risk is monitored. For a further discussion of the Companys risk management policies and procedures see Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market RiskRisk Management in Part II, Item 7A of the Form 10-K.
Non-subprime Residential Mortgages-Related Exposures.
Statement of Financial Condition August 31, 2008(1) |
Statement of Financial Condition November 30, 2007(1) |
Profit and (Loss) Three Months Ended August 31, 2008 |
Profit and (Loss) Nine Months Ended August 31, 2008 |
Net Exposure August 31, 2008 |
Net Exposure November 30, 2007 |
|||||||||||||||||
(dollars in billions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Residential loans(2) |
$ | 4.3 | $ | 4.0 | $ | (0.1 | ) | $ | (0.2 | ) | $ | 4.3 | $ | 4.0 | ||||||||
RMBS bonds(2) |
3.2 | 8.7 | (0.4 | ) | (1.4 | ) | 3.2 | 8.7 | ||||||||||||||
RMBS backed warehouse lines |
0.2 | 0.1 | | | 0.2 | 0.1 | ||||||||||||||||
RMBS swaps(3) |
0.4 | 0.1 | (0.1 | ) | (0.1 | ) | (1.2 | ) | (1.9 | ) | ||||||||||||
Other secured financings(4) |
2.8 | 3.6 | | | | | ||||||||||||||||
Total residential non-subprime(5) |
$ | 10.9 | $ | 16.5 | $ | (0.6 | ) | $ | (1.7 | ) | $ | 6.5 | $ | 10.9 | ||||||||
(1) | Statement of financial condition amounts are presented on a net asset/liability basis and do not take into account any netting of cash collateral against these positions. As of August 31, 2008, the $10.9 billion is reflected in the Companys condensed consolidated statement of financial condition as follows: Financial instruments owned of $11.2 billion and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased of $0.3 billion. As of November 30, 2007, the $16.5 billion is reflected in the Companys condensed consolidated statement of financial condition as follows: Financial instruments owned of $16.5 billion. |
(2) | At August 31, 2008, gross and net exposure on non-subprime residential loans and bonds was split 53% Alt-A/near prime and 47% prime underlying collateral. |
(3) | Amounts represent both hedges and directional positioning. At August 31, 2008, these positions included credit default and super senior CDO swaps. |
(4) | Amounts represent assets recorded under certain provisions of SFAS No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities (SFAS No. 140), and FASB Interpretation No. 46, as revised (FIN 46R), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, that function as collateral for an offsetting amount of non-recourse debt to third parties. Any retained interests in these transactions are reflected in RMBS bonds. |
(5) | Profit and (loss) amounts for the quarter ended August 31, 2008 include mortgage proprietary trading losses of approximately $(400) million and credit trading product losses of approximately $(200) million. |
76 |
Commercial Mortgage-Related Exposures.
Statement of Financial Condition August 31, 2008(1) |
Statement of Financial Condition November 30, 2007(1) |
Profit and (Loss) Three Months Ended August 31, 2008 |
Profit and (Loss) Nine Months Ended August 31, 2008 |
Net Exposure August 31, 2008 |
Net Exposure November 30, 2007 |
|||||||||||||||||
(dollars in billions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
CMBS bonds |
$ | 5.8 | $ | 10.0 | $ | (0.1 | ) | $ | (0.6 | ) | $ | 5.8 | $ | 10.0 | ||||||||
CMBS backed warehouse lines(2) |
1.6 | 1.1 | | | 1.6 | 1.8 | ||||||||||||||||
Commercial loans(2) |
4.6 | 12.4 | (0.2 | ) | (0.2 | ) | 4.9 | 13.9 | ||||||||||||||
CMBS swaps(3) |
3.3 | 1.0 | 0.5 | 1.4 | (4.6 | ) | (8.2 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Other secured financings(4) |
4.2 | 7.0 | | | | | ||||||||||||||||
Total CMBS/Commercial whole loan exposure(5) |
$ | 19.5 | $ | 31.5 | $ | 0.2 | $ | 0.6 | $ | 7.7 | $ | 17.5 | ||||||||||
(1) | Statement of financial condition amounts are presented on a net asset/liability basis and do not take into account any netting of cash collateral against these positions. As of August 31, 2008, the $19.5 billion is reflected in the Companys condensed consolidated statement of financial condition as follows: Financial instruments owned of $23.0 billion and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased of $3.5 billion. As of November 30, 2007, the $31.5 billion is reflected in the Companys condensed consolidated statement of financial condition as follows: Financial instruments owned of $33.2 billion and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased of $1.7 billion. |
(2) | Amounts include unfunded loan commitments. |
(3) | At August 31, 2008, amounts include credit default, super senior CDOs, index and total rate-of-return swaps. |
(4) | Amounts represent assets recorded under certain provisions of SFAS No. 140 and FIN 46R that function as collateral for an offsetting amount of non-recourse debt to third parties. Any retained interests in these transactions are reflected in CMBS bonds. |
(5) | Profit and (loss) amounts for the quarter ended August 31, 2008 include mortgage proprietary trading losses of approximately $(100) million and credit trading product gains of approximately $300 million. |
77 |
U.S. Subprime Mortgage-Related Exposures.
Statement of Financial Condition August 31, 2008(1) |
Statement of Financial Condition November 30, 2007(1) |
Profit and (Loss) Three Months Ended August 31, 2008 |
Profit and (Loss) Nine Months Ended August 31, 2008 |
Net Exposure August 31, 2008 |
Net Exposure November 30, 2007 |
|||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in billions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Super Senior Derivative Exposure: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Mezzanine |
$ | (7.2 | ) | $ | (8.7 | ) | $ | (0.3 | ) | $ | (1.2 | ) | $ | 1.1 | $ | 3.9 | ||||||||
CDO squared(2) |
| (0.1 | ) | | | | 0.1 | |||||||||||||||||
Total ABS CDO super senior derivative exposure |
$ | (7.2 | ) | $ | (8.8 | ) | $ | (0.3 | ) | $ | (1.2 | ) | $ | 1.1 | $ | 4.0 | ||||||||
Other CDO Exposure: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
ABS CDO CDS |
$ | 2.0 | $ | 2.7 | $ | 0.1 | $ | 0.7 | $ | (0.5 | ) | $ | (1.5 | ) | ||||||||||
ABS CDO bonds |
0.1 | 1.1 | (0.1 | ) | (0.4 | ) | 0.1 | 1.1 | ||||||||||||||||
Total other CDO exposure |
$ | 2.1 | $ | 3.8 | $ | | $ | 0.3 | $ | (0.4 | ) | $ | (0.4 | ) | ||||||||||
Subtotal ABS CDO-related exposure(3) |
$ | (5.1 | ) | $ | (5.0 | ) | $ | (0.3 | ) | $ | (0.9 | ) | $ | 0.7 | $ | 3.6 | ||||||||
U.S. Subprime Mortgage-Related Exposure: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans |
$ | 0.3 | $ | 0.6 | $ | (0.1 | ) | $ | (0.1 | ) | $ | 0.3 | $ | 0.6 | ||||||||||
ABS bonds |
1.2 | 2.7 | (0.1 | ) | (0.9 | ) | 1.2 | 2.7 | ||||||||||||||||
ABS CDS |
13.9 | 7.8 | 0.3 | 2.0 | (2.2 | ) | (5.1 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Subtotal U.S. subprime mortgage-related exposure |
$ | 15.4 | $ | 11.1 | $ | 0.1 | $ | 1.0 | $ | (0.7 | ) | $ | (1.8 | ) | ||||||||||
Total U.S. subprime trading exposure(4) |
$ | 10.3 | $ | 6.1 | $ | (0.2 | ) | $ | 0.1 | $ | | $ | 1.8 | |||||||||||
(1) | Statement of financial condition amounts are presented on a net asset/liability basis and do not take into account any netting of cash collateral against these positions. In addition, these amounts reflect counterparty netting to the extent that there are positions with the same counterparty that are subprime-related; they do not reflect any counterparty netting to the extent that there are positions with the same counterparty that are not subprime related. As of August 31, 2008, the $10.3 billion is reflected in the Companys condensed consolidated statement of financial condition as follows: Financial instruments owned of $16.7 billion and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased of $6.4 billion. As of November 30, 2007, the $6.1 billion is reflected in the Companys condensed consolidated statement of financial condition as follows: Financial instruments owned of $15.3 billion and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased of $9.2 billion. |
(2) | Refers to CDOs where the collateral is comprised entirely of another CDO security. |
(3) | In determining the fair value of the Companys ABS super senior CDO-related exposures the Company took into consideration prices observed from the execution of a limited number of transactions and data for relevant benchmark instruments in synthetic subprime markets. Deterioration of value in the benchmark instruments as well as market developments have led to significant declines in the estimates of fair value. These declines reflected increased implied losses across this portfolio. At August 31, 2008, these implied loss levels are consistent with losses in the range between 22% 47% implied by the ABX indices. These cumulative loss levels, at a severity rate of 57%, imply defaults in the range of 84% 95% for 2005 and 2006 outstanding mortgages. |
(4) | Profit and (loss) amounts for the quarter ended August 31, 2008 include mortgage proprietary trading losses of approximately $(100) million and credit trading product losses of approximately $(100) million. |
Subsidiary Banks.
The securities portfolios of Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. and Morgan Stanley Trust FSB (collectively, the Subsidiary Banks) include certain subprime-related securities. The portfolios contain no subprime whole loans, subprime residuals or CDOs.
78 |
At August 31, 2008 and November 30, 2007, the securities portfolios totaled $8.4 billion and $9.9 billion, respectively, consisting primarily of AAA-rated ABS bonds and residential mortgage-backed securities. Of these total amounts, $3.4 billion and $5.5 billion were subprime mortgage-related securities as of August 31, 2008 and November 30, 2007, respectively.
Special Purpose Entities and Variable Interest Entities.
The Companys involvement with special purpose entities (SPEs) and variable interest entities (VIEs) is discussed in Note 4 to the condensed consolidated financial statements and Critical Accounting PoliciesSpecial Purpose Entities herein. In relation to subprime loans and subprime-backed securities, the Companys involvement with SPEs/VIEs consists primarily of the following:
| Engaging in securitization activities related to subprime loans and subprime-backed securities; |
| Acting as an underwriter of beneficial interests issued by securitization vehicles; |
| Transferring whole loans into SPEs/VIEs; |
| Holding one or more classes of securities issued by such securitization vehicles (including residual tranche securities) and possibly entering into derivative agreements with such securitization vehicles; |
| Purchasing and selling (in both a market-making and a proprietary-trading capacity) subprime-backed securities issued by SPEs/VIEs, whether such vehicles are sponsored by the Company or not; |
| Entering into derivative transactions with SPEs/VIEs (not sponsored by the Company) that hold subprime-related assets; |
| Providing warehouse financing to CDOs and collateralized loan obligations (CLOs); |
| Entering into derivative agreements with non-SPEs/VIEs, whose value is derived from securities issued by SPEs/VIEs; |
| Servicing assets held by SPEs/VIEs or holding servicing rights related to assets held by SPEs/VIEs that are serviced by others under subservicing arrangements; and |
| Serving as an asset manager to various investment funds that may invest in securities that are backed, in whole or in part, by subprime loans. |
Money Market Funds and Structured Investment Vehicles.
During the quarter ended August 31, 2008, money market and liquidity funds advised by the Companys asset management affiliates that invest primarily in corporate obligations experienced net inflows of $8.0 billion. Subsequent to quarter end, credit and liquidity conditions further deteriorated resulting in material redemptions from corporate money market and liquidity funds. In September 2008, such funds experienced net redemptions or outflows of approximately $46 billion. In September 2008, the Company purchased approximately $23 billion of securities from the funds, which are included in the Companys condensed consolidated statement of financial condition. The securities were purchased by the Company to fund investor redemptions amidst illiquid trading markets for a wide range of money market instruments. Securities purchased included commercial paper, municipals, certificates of deposit and notes. All of the securities were short term in nature and rated A1 / P1 or better. These purchases were funded primarily through various available stabilization facilities.
Structured investment vehicles (SIVs) are unconsolidated entities that issue various capital notes and debt instruments to fund the purchase of assets. While the Company does not sponsor or serve as asset manager to any unconsolidated SIVs, the Company does serve as investment advisor to certain unconsolidated money market funds that have investments in securities issued by SIVs. In the second half of fiscal 2007, widespread illiquidity in the commercial paper market led to market value declines and rating agency downgrades of many securities issued by SIVs, some of which were held by the funds. As a result, the Company purchased at amortized cost approximately $900 million of such securities from the funds during fiscal 2007 and $217 million of such securities during the nine month period ended August 31, 2008. During the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2008, the Company recorded losses of $10 million and $283 million, respectively, on these securities.
79 |
The carrying value of the purchased securities still held by the Company as of August 31, 2008 was $490 million. Such positions are reflected at fair value, and presented in Financial instruments ownedCorporate and other debt in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. Subsequent to August 31, 2008, the Company has not purchased additional SIV securities from the funds. The Company has no obligation to purchase any additional SIV securities from the funds in the future. The funds continue to have investments in securities issued by SIVs, with an aggregate face value of approximately $400 million as of August 31, 2008 compared with $8.2 billion as of November 30, 2007.
The Company does not consolidate these money market and liquidity funds because the Company does not have a controlling financial interest in the funds nor is it the primary beneficiary of such funds. The Company also does not have a significant variable interest in such funds. See Results of OperationsAsset Management herein for Asset Managements period-end and average customer assets under management or supervision.
Monoline Insurers.
Monoline insurers (Monolines) provide credit enhancement to capital markets transactions. The current credit environment severely affected the capacity of such financial guarantors. The Companys direct exposure to Monolines is limited to bonds that are insured by Monolines and as counterparties to derivative contracts. The Companys exposure to Monolines at August 31, 2008 consisted primarily of ABS bonds of approximately $800 million in the Subsidiary Banks portfolio (see Subsidiary Banks) that are collateralized primarily by first and second lien subprime mortgages enhanced by financial guarantees, $1.5 billion in insured municipal bond securities and approximately $400 million in net counterparty exposure. Net counterparty exposure of approximately $400 million represents gross exposure of approximately $5.5 billion net of hedges as well as cumulative credit valuation adjustments of approximately $2 billion. The Companys exposure to Monolines at November 30, 2007 consisted primarily of ABS bonds of $1.5 billion in the Subsidiary Banks portfolio, $1.3 billion in insured municipal bond securities and $800 million in net counterparty exposure. The Companys hedging program for Monoline risk includes the use of both CDSs and transactions that effectively mitigate certain market risk components of existing underlying transactions with the Monolines. The results for the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2008 included losses of $362 million and $1.4 billion, respectively, related to these exposures.
Real Estate Investor Funds.
The Company acts as the general partner for various real estate funds and also invests in certain of these funds as a limited partner.
Crescent. An affiliated entity of the Company acquired an investment in Crescent in August 2007. The assets of Crescent primarily include office buildings, investments in resorts and residential developments in select markets across the United States (Crescent properties). The Company had originally intended to include the Crescent properties in an investor fund. At the end of the second quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company modified its investment strategy based on various factors, including current market conditions, valuation, size of the investment and timing of the fund, and determined to operate Crescent and risk manage the Crescent properties.
As a result, the Company consolidated Crescents assets and liabilities of approximately $4.7 billion and $3.9 billion, respectively, as of May 31, 2008. The Company will continue to evaluate the Crescent properties and position them for sale as opportunities arise.
Prior to consolidating the assets and liabilities of Crescent, the Company recorded writedowns on its investment of approximately $250 million. These writedowns are included in the Asset Management business segment and reflected in Principal transactionsinvestments in the condensed consolidated statements of income for the nine month period ended August 31, 2008.
80 |
Beginning in the third quarter of fiscal 2008, the consolidated operating results of Crescent are included in the Asset Management business segment. The current quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2008 included net revenues of $85 million, non-interest expenses of $146 million and a loss before income taxes of $61 million related to Crescent.
Real Estate Investments. The Companys real estate investments are shown below by business group, property type and geographic region. Such amounts exclude investments that benefit certain employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans.
At August 31, 2008 | |||
(dollars in millions) | |||
Business group |
|||
Crescent(1) |
$ | 3,784 | |
Real estate funds |
2,003 | ||
Real estate bridge financing |
186 | ||
Private equity |
894 | ||
Infrastructure |
59 | ||
Total |
$ | 6,926 | |
At August 31, 2008 | |||
(dollars in millions) | |||
Property type |
|||
Office |
$ | 3,165 | |
Mixed-use |
525 | ||
Hospitality |
714 | ||
Residential |
1,019 | ||
Retail |
45 | ||
Real estate bridge financing |
186 | ||
Private equity |
894 | ||
Infrastructure |
59 | ||
Other real estate |
319 | ||
Total |
$ | 6,926 | |
At August 31, 2008 | |||
(dollars in millions) | |||
Geographic region |
|||
Americas |
$ | 4,899 | |
Europe |
683 | ||
Asia |
1,344 | ||
Total |
$ | 6,926 | |
(1) | Amounts are shown gross of any non-recourse debt provided by external lenders which reduces the Companys exposures. |
ASF Framework.
In December 2007, the American Securitization Forum (ASF) issued the Streamlined Foreclosure and Loss Avoidance Framework for Securitized Subprime Adjustable Rate Mortgage Loans (the ASF Framework). The overall purpose of the ASF Framework is to provide recommended guidance for servicers to streamline borrower evaluation procedures and to facilitate the effective use of all forms of foreclosure and loss prevention efforts,
81 |
including refinancings, forbearances, workout plans, loan modifications, deeds-in-lieu and short sales or short payoffs. The ASF Framework is focused on certain subprime first-lien adjustable rate residential mortgage loans (subprime ARM loans).
The Company adopted the ASF Framework during the first quarter of fiscal 2008, but has not yet modified a significant volume of loans using the ASF Framework. As of August 31, 2008, the Company modified approximately 1,060 subprime ARM loans eligible for fast track loan modification pursuant to the ASF Framework (eligible subprime ARM loans) with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of approximately $224 million.
The Company estimates that the aggregate unpaid principal balance of eligible subprime ARM loans in Company-sponsored QSPEs at August 31, 2008 (including loans that are not serviced by the Company) was approximately $3.5 billion. The classification of a subprime ARM loan depends on several factors, including the delinquency status of the loan, the credit strength of the borrower, the value of the real estate securing the loan and the level of interest rates.
The Company does not expect that its application of the ASF Framework will impact the off-balance sheet status of Company-sponsored QSPEs that hold eligible subprime ARM loans and currently expects the potential impact on its condensed consolidated statements of income to be immaterial. The total amount of assets owned by Company-sponsored QSPEs that hold subprime ARM loans (including those loans that are not serviced by the Company) as of August 31, 2008, was approximately $36.6 billion. Of this amount, approximately $14.5 billion relates to subprime ARM loans serviced by the Company. The Companys retained interests in Company-sponsored QSPEs that hold subprime ARM loans totaled approximately $33 million as of August 31, 2008.
82 |
Financial Holding Company Status.
On September 21, 2008, the Company obtained approval from the Fed to become a bank holding company upon the conversion of its wholly owned indirect subsidiary, Morgan Stanley Bank (Utah), from a Utah industrial bank to a national bank. On September 23, 2008, the OCC authorized Morgan Stanley Bank (Utah) to commence business as a national bank, operating as Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. Concurrent with this conversion, the Company became a financial holding company under the BHC Act.
As a financial holding company, the Company will be able to engage in any activity that is financial in nature or incidental to a financial activity. Most of the Companys activities are permissible for a financial holding company as financial activities. Section 4 of the BHC Act by its terms provides any company, such as the Company, that becomes a financial holding company two years to conform its existing nonfinancial activities and investments to the requirements of Section 4 of the BHC Act with the possibility of three one year extensions. In addition, Section 4(k) of the BHC Act permits the Fed to determine by regulation or order that certain activities are complementary to a financial activity and does not pose a risk to safety and soundness. The Fed has previously determined that a wide range of commodities activities are either financial in nature or complementary to a financial activity. The BHC Act also grandfathers activities related to the trading, sale or investment in commodities and underlying physical properties provided that the Company conducted any of such activities as of September 30, 1997 and provided that certain other conditions are satisfied. In order to maintain its status as a financial holding company, the Companys banking subsidiaries need to maintain their status as well capitalized and well managed depository institutions.
It is possible that certain of the Companys existing activities will not be deemed to be permissible financial activities, or incidental or complementary to such activities or otherwise grandfathered. If so, the Company will be required to divest them prior to the expiration of the statutory grace period of two years, with the possibility of three one-year extensions for a total grace period of five years. The Company does not believe that any such required divestment will have a material adverse impact on its financial condition or results of operations.
As a financial holding company, the Company has become subject to the comprehensive, consolidated supervision and regulation of the Fed. This means that the Company is, among other things, subject to the Feds risk-based and leverage capital requirements and information reporting requirements for bank holding companies. The Fed has the authority to conduct on-site examinations of the Company and any of its affiliates, subject to coordinating with any state or federal functional regulator of any particular affiliate. Except for Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A., which has become subject to the supervision and regulation of the OCC, the functional regulation of the Companys subsidiaries by other state and federal regulators has not changed. The FDIC will continue to insure deposits at Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. and Morgan Stanley Trust FSB to the maximum extent allowed by the FDIC.
83 |
The following matters are discussed in the Companys notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements. For further information on these matters, please see the applicable note:
Note | ||
Accounting Developments: |
||
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes |
1 | |
Employee Benefit Plans |
1 | |
Offsetting of Amounts Related to Certain Contracts |
1 | |
Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards |
1 | |
Business Combinations |
1 | |
Noncontrolling Interests |
1 | |
Transfers of Financial Assets and Repurchase Financing Transactions |
1 | |
Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities |
1 | |
Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets |
1 | |
Earnings Per Share |
1 | |
Instruments Indexed to an Entitys Own Stock |
1 | |
Disclosures about Credit Derivatives |
1 | |
Fair Value Measurements |
1 | |
Transfers of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities and Variable Interest Entities |
1 | |
Income Taxes |
13 | |
Discontinued Operations |
15 | |
Business Dispositions |
16 |
84 |
The Companys condensed consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions (see Note 1 to the condensed consolidated financial statements). The Company believes that of its significant accounting policies (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007 included in the Form 10-K), the following involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity.
Fair Value.
Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value. A significant number of the Companys financial instruments are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in earnings each period. The Company makes estimates regarding valuation of assets and liabilities measured at fair value in preparing the condensed consolidated financial statements. These assets and liabilities include but are not limited to:
| Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased; |
| Securities received as collateral and Obligation to return securities received as collateral; |
| Certain Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings, primarily structured notes; |
| Certain Deposits; |
| Other secured financings; and |
| Certain Long-term borrowings, primarily structured notes and certain junior subordinated debentures. |
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.
In determining fair value, the Company uses various valuation approaches. A hierarchy for inputs is used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the observable inputs be used when available. For further information on the fair value definition, Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 hierarchy and related valuation techniques, see Note 1 to the condensed consolidated financial statements.
The Companys Level 3 assets before the impact of cash collateral and counterparty netting across the levels of the fair value hierarchy were $78.4 billion and $73.7 billion as of August 31, 2008 and November 30, 2007, respectively, and represented approximately 19% as of August 31, 2008 and 15% as of November 30, 2007 of the assets measured at fair value (8% and 7% of total assets, as of August 31, 2008 and November 30, 2007, respectively). Level 3 liabilities before the impact of cash collateral and counterparty netting across the levels of the fair value hierarchy were $26.2 billion and $19.5 billion as of August 31, 2008 and November 30, 2007, respectively, and represented approximately 11% and 7%, respectively, of the Companys liabilities measured at fair value.
During the quarter ended August 31, 2008, the Company reclassified approximately $3.9 billion of certain Corporate and other debt from Level 2 to Level 3. These reclassifications included transfers primarily related to certain corporate loans and loan commitments. The reclassifications were due to a reduction in the volume of recently executed transactions and market price quotations for these instruments such that the inputs for these instruments became unobservable. The Company reclassified approximately $1.0 billion of certain Corporate and other debt from Level 3 to Level 2. These reclassifications included transfers primarily related to corporate loans and loan commitments as some liquidity re-entered the market for these specific positions and inputs for these instruments became observable.
See Note 2 to the condensed consolidated financial statements for further information about the Companys financial assets and liabilities that are accounted for at fair value.
85 |
Fair Value Control Processes. The Company employs control processes to validate the fair value of its financial instruments, including those derived from pricing models. These control processes are designed to assure that the values used for financial reporting are based on observable inputs wherever possible. In the event that observable inputs are not available, the control processes are designed to assure that the valuation approach utilized is appropriate and consistently applied and that the assumptions are reasonable. These control processes include reviews of the pricing models theoretical soundness and appropriateness by Company personnel with relevant expertise who are independent from the trading desks. Additionally, groups independent from the trading divisions within the Financial Control, Market Risk and Credit Risk Departments participate in the review and validation of the fair values generated from pricing models, as appropriate. Where a pricing model is used to determine fair value, recently executed comparable transactions and other observable market data are considered for purposes of validating assumptions underlying the model.
Consistent with market practice, the Company has individually negotiated agreements with certain counterparties to exchange collateral (margining) based on the level of fair values of the derivative contracts they have executed. Through this margining process, one party or both parties to a derivative contract provides the other party with information about the fair value of the derivative contract to calculate the amount of collateral required. This sharing of fair value information provides additional support of the Companys recorded fair value for the relevant OTC derivative products. For certain OTC derivative products, the Company, along with other market participants, contributes derivative pricing information to aggregation services that synthesize the data and make it accessible to subscribers. This information is then used to evaluate the fair value of these OTC derivative products. For more information regarding the Companys risk management practices, see Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market RiskRisk Management in Part II, Item 7A of the Form 10-K.
Legal, Regulatory and Tax Contingencies.
In the normal course of business, the Company has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the issuers that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or in financial distress.
The Company is also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies regarding the Companys business, including, among other matters, accounting and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief.
Reserves for litigation and regulatory proceedings are generally determined on a case-by-case basis and represent an estimate of probable losses after considering, among other factors, the progress of each case, prior experience and the experience of others in similar cases, and the opinions and views of internal and external legal counsel. Given the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such matters, particularly in cases where claimants seek substantial or indeterminate damages or where investigations and proceedings are in the early stages, the Company cannot predict with certainty the loss or range of loss, if any, related to such matters, how such matters will be resolved, when they will ultimately be resolved or what the eventual settlement, fine, penalty or other relief, if any, might be.
The Company is subject to the income and indirect tax laws of the U.S., its states and municipalities and those of the foreign jurisdictions in which the Company has significant business operations. These tax laws are complex and subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and the relevant governmental taxing authorities. The Company must make judgments and interpretations about the application of these inherently complex tax laws when determining the provision for income taxes and the expense for indirect taxes and must also make estimates
86 |
about when in the future certain items affect taxable income in the various tax jurisdictions. Disputes over interpretations of the tax laws may be settled with the taxing authority upon examination or audit. The Company regularly assesses the likelihood of assessments in each of the taxing jurisdictions resulting from current and subsequent years examinations, and tax reserves are established as appropriate.
The Company establishes reserves for potential losses that may arise out of litigation and regulatory proceedings to the extent that such losses are probable and can be estimated in accordance with SFAS No. 5. The Company establishes reserves for potential losses that may arise out of tax audits in accordance with FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (FIN 48). Once established, reserves are adjusted when there is more information available or when an event occurs requiring a change. Significant judgment is required in making these estimates, and the actual cost of a legal claim, tax assessment or regulatory fine/penalty may ultimately be materially different from the recorded reserves, if any.
See Notes 8 and 13 to the condensed consolidated financial statements for additional information on legal proceedings and tax examinations.
Special Purpose Entities.
The Company enters into a variety of transactions with SPEs, primarily in connection with securitization activities. The Company engages in securitization activities related to commercial and residential mortgage loans, U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations, corporate bonds and loans, municipal bonds and other types of financial instruments. In most cases, these SPEs are deemed to be VIEs. Unless a VIE is determined to be a QSPE (see Note 1 to the condensed consolidated financial statements), the Company is required to perform an analysis of each VIE at the date upon which the Company becomes involved with it to determine whether the Company is the primary beneficiary of the VIE, in which case the Company must consolidate the VIE. QSPEs are not consolidated. In addition, the Company serves as an investment advisor to numerous unconsolidated money market and other funds.
The Company reassesses whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE upon the occurrence of certain reconsideration events. If the Companys initial assessment results in a determination that it is not the primary beneficiary of a VIE, then the Company reassesses this determination upon the occurrence of:
| Changes to the VIEs governing documents or contractual arrangements in a manner that reallocates the obligation to absorb the expected losses or the right to receive the expected residual returns of the VIE between the current primary beneficiary and the other variable interest holders, including the Company. |
| Acquisition by the Company of additional variable interests in the VIE. |
If the Companys initial assessment results in a determination that it is the primary beneficiary, then the Company reassesses this determination upon the occurrence of:
| Changes to the VIEs governing documents or contractual arrangements in a manner that reallocates the obligation to absorb the expected losses or the right to receive the expected residual returns of the VIE between the current primary beneficiary and the other variable interest holders, including the Company. |
| A sale or disposition by the Company of all or part of its variable interests in the VIE to unrelated parties. |
| The issuance of new variable interests by the VIE to parties unrelated to the Company. |
The determination of whether an SPE meets the accounting requirements of a QSPE requires significant judgment, particularly in evaluating whether the permitted activities of the SPE are significantly limited and in determining whether derivatives held by the SPE are passive and nonexcessive. In addition, the analysis involved in determining whether an entity is a VIE, and in determining the primary beneficiary of a VIE, requires significant judgment (see Notes 1 and 4 to the condensed consolidated financial statements).
87 |
Liquidity and Capital Resources.
The Companys senior management establishes the liquidity and capital policies of the Company. Through various risk and control committees, the Companys senior management reviews business performance relative to these policies, monitors the availability of alternative sources of financing, and oversees the liquidity, interest rate and currency sensitivities of the Companys asset and liability position. The Companys Treasury Department and other control groups assist in evaluating, monitoring and controlling the impact that the Companys business activities have on its condensed consolidated statements of financial condition, liquidity and capital structure.
Global market and economic conditions have been, and continue to be, disrupted and volatile, and in recent weeks, the volatility has reached unprecedented levels. In particular, the Companys cost and availability of funding have been and may continue to be adversely affected by illiquid credit markets and wider credit spreads. As a result of concern about the stability of the markets generally and the strength of counterparties specifically, many lenders and institutional investors have reduced and, in some cases, ceased to provide funding to borrowers. The Company has already fulfilled its planned financing needs for 2008; however, to the extent that the Company is not able to access the debt markets on acceptable terms in the future, the Company may increase its use of deposit funding and other funding sources generally available to a financial holding company, and/or may seek to raise funding and capital through equity issuance.
The Balance Sheet.
The Company actively monitors and evaluates the composition and size of its balance sheet. A substantial portion of the Companys total assets consists of liquid marketable securities and short-term receivables arising principally from Institutional Securities sales and trading activities. The liquid nature of these assets provides the Company with flexibility in managing the size of its balance sheet.
The Companys total assets decreased to $987,403 million at August 31, 2008, from $1,045,409 million at November 30, 2007. The decrease was primarily due to decreases in securities received as collateral, financial instruments ownedcorporate and other debt and receivables from customers, partially offset by increases in securities purchased under agreements to resell and financial instruments ownedother sovereign government obligations and derivative contracts. Quarter end asset balances have been lower than intra-quarter balances due to the nature of the Companys market making and client-financing activity as well as the Companys efforts to manage its asset balances and liquidity. In September 2008, the Companys total assets were reduced further primarily due to decreases in collateralized agreements related to the Companys prime brokerage business.
Within the sales and trading related assets and liabilities are transactions attributable to securities financing activities. As of August 31, 2008, securities financing assets and liabilities were $547 billion and $491 billion, respectively. Securities financing transactions include repurchase and resale agreements, securities borrowed and loaned transactions, securities received as collateral and obligation to return securities received, customer receivables/payables and related segregated customer cash.
Securities financing assets and liabilities also include matched book transactions with minimal market, credit and/or liquidity risk. These matched book transactions are to accommodate customers, as well as to obtain securities for the settlement and financing of inventory positions. The customer receivable/payable portion of the securities financing transactions includes customer margin loans, collateralized by customer owned securities, and customer cash, which is segregated in order to satisfy regulatory requirements. The Companys risk exposure on these transactions is mitigated by collateral maintenance policies that limit the Companys credit exposure to customers. Included within securities financing assets was $19 billion that, in accordance with SFAS No. 140 represented equal and offsetting assets and liabilities for fully collateralized non-cash loan transactions.
The Company uses balance sheet leverage ratios and risk based capital ratios (see Regulatory Requirements herein) as indicators of capital adequacy when viewed in the context of the Companys overall liquidity and capital policies. The Company utilizes the leverage ratio (as measured by total assets) and the adjusted leverage
88 |
ratio when comparing financial services firms and evaluating leverage trends. The Company has adopted a definition of adjusted assets that excludes certain self-funded assets considered to have minimal market, credit and/or liquidity risk. These low-risk assets generally are attributable to the Companys matched book and securities lending businesses. Adjusted assets are calculated by reducing gross assets by aggregate resale agreements and securities borrowed less non-derivative short positions and assets recorded under certain provisions of SFAS No. 140 and FIN 46R. Gross assets are also reduced by the full amount of cash and securities deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements.
Leverage ratios reflect the deduction from shareholders equity of the amount of equity used to support goodwill and intangible assets (as the Company does not view this amount of equity as available to support its risk capital needs). In addition, the Company views junior subordinated debt issued to capital trusts as a component of its capital base given the inherent characteristics of the securities including their long-dated nature, the Companys ability to defer coupon interest, and the subordinated nature of the obligations in the capital structure. The Company also receives rating agency equity credit for these securities.
The following table sets forth the Companys total assets, adjusted assets and leverage ratios as of August 31, 2008 and November 30, 2007 and for the average month-end balances during the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2008:
Balance at | Average Month- End Balance |
|||||||||||||||||
August 31, 2008 |
November 30, 2007 |
For the Three Months Ended August 31, 2008 |
For the Nine Months Ended August 31, 2008 |
|||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions, except ratio data) | ||||||||||||||||||
Total assets |
$ | 987,403 | $ | 1,045,409 | $ | 1,048,101 | $ | 1,078,950 | ||||||||||
Less: |
Securities purchased under agreements to resell |
(179,540 | ) | (126,887 | ) | (162,592 | ) | (151,473 | ) | |||||||||
Securities borrowed |
(241,051 | ) | (239,994 | ) | (261,032 | ) | (255,217 | ) | ||||||||||
Add: |
Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased |
150,425 | 134,341 | 165,560 | 164,403 | |||||||||||||
Less: |
Derivative contracts sold, not yet purchased |
(68,401 | ) | (71,604 | ) | (75,511 | ) | (76,348 | ) | |||||||||
Subtotal |
648,836 | 741,265 | 714,526 | 760,315 | ||||||||||||||
Less: |
Cash and securities deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements |
(58,798 | ) | (61,608 | ) | (58,819 | ) | (59,837 | ) | |||||||||
Assets recorded under certain provisions of SFAS No. 140 and FIN 46R |
(41,955 | ) | (110,001 | ) | (50,907 | ) | (73,592 | ) | ||||||||||
Goodwill and net intangible assets |
(3,996 | ) | (4,071 | ) | (3,899 | ) | (3,990 | ) | ||||||||||
Adjusted assets |
$ | 544,087 | $ | 565,585 | $ | 600,901 | $ | 622,896 | ||||||||||
Common equity |
$ | 34,665 | $ | 30,169 | $ | 34,302 | $ | 32,775 | ||||||||||
Preferred equity |
1,100 | 1,100 | 1,100 | 1,100 | ||||||||||||||
Shareholders equity |
35,765 | 31,269 | 35,402 | 33,875 | ||||||||||||||
Junior subordinated debt issued to capital trusts |
10,364 | 4,876 | 10,383 | 9,926 | ||||||||||||||
Subtotal |
46,129 | 36,145 | 45,785 | 43,801 | ||||||||||||||
Less: |
Goodwill and net intangible assets |
(3,996 | ) | (4,071 | ) | (3,899 | ) | (3,990 | ) | |||||||||
Tangible shareholders equity |
$ | 42,133 | $ | 32,074 | $ | 41,886 | $ | 39,811 | ||||||||||
Leverage ratio(1) |
23.4x | 32.6x | 25.0x | 27.1x | ||||||||||||||
Adjusted leverage ratio(2) |
12.9x | 17.6x | 14.3x | 15.6x | ||||||||||||||
(1) | Leverage ratio equals total assets divided by tangible shareholders equity. |
(2) | Adjusted leverage ratio equals adjusted assets divided by tangible shareholders equity. |
89 |
The reduction in total assets along with the increase in capital reduced the leverage ratio to 23.4x from 32.6x and the adjusted leverage ratio to 12.9x from 17.6x. The Company expects to continue reducing total assets and the leverage ratios.
Activity in the Nine Month Period Ended August 31, 2008.
The Companys total long-term debt and equity capital consists of shareholders equity and long-term borrowings (debt obligations scheduled to mature in more than 12 months). At August 31, 2008, total long-term debt and equity capital was $202,588 million, an increase of $11,503 million from November 30, 2007.
During the nine month period ended August 31, 2008, the Company issued notes with a carrying value at quarter-end aggregating $42.8 billion, including non-U.S. dollar currency notes aggregating $14.4 billion. In connection with the note issuances, the Company generally enters into certain transactions to obtain floating interest rates based primarily on short-term London Interbank Offered Rates trading levels. As of August 31, 2008, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Companys Senior Indebtedness (as defined in the Companys senior debt indentures) was approximately $201 billion (including guaranteed obligations of the indebtedness of subsidiaries). The weighted average maturity of the Companys long-term borrowings, based upon stated maturity dates, was approximately 6.2 years at August 31, 2008 and 5.5 years at November 30, 2007. In addition, in December 2007, the Company sold Equity Units to a wholly owned subsidiary of CIC for approximately $5,579 million. See China Investment Corporation Investment herein.
China Investment Corporation Investment.
In December 2007, the Company sold Equity Units which included contracts to purchase Company common stock to a wholly owned subsidiary of CIC for approximately $5,579 million. CICs ownership in the Companys common stock, including the maximum number of shares of common stock to be received by CIC upon settlement of the stock purchase contracts, will be 9.9% or less of the Companys total shares outstanding based on the total shares that were outstanding on November 30, 2007. CIC is a passive financial investor and has no special rights of ownership nor a role in the management of the Company. A substantial portion of the investment proceeds were treated as Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital purposes.
For a more detailed summary of the Equity Units, including the junior subordinated debentures issued to support trust common and trust preferred securities and the stock purchase contracts, refer to Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsLiquidity and Capital Resources in Part II, Item 7 of the Form 10-K and Financial Statements and Supplementary DataNote 28 in Part II, Item 8 of the Form 10-K.
Prior to the issuance of common stock upon settlement of the stock purchase contract, the impact of the Equity Units is reflected in the Companys earnings per diluted common share using the treasury stock method, as defined by SFAS No. 128, Earnings Per Share. Under the treasury stock method, the number of shares of common stock included in the calculation of earnings per diluted common share are calculated as the excess, if any, of the number of shares expected to be issued upon settlement of the stock purchase contract based on the average market price for the last 20 days of the reporting period, less the number of shares that could be purchased by the Company with the proceeds to be received upon settlement of the contract at the average closing price for the reporting period.
Dilution of net income per share occurs (i) in reporting periods when the average closing price of common shares is over $57.6840 per share or (ii) in reporting periods when the average closing price of common shares for a reporting period is between $48.0700 and $57.6840 and is greater than the average market price for the last 20 days ending three days prior to the end of such reporting period.
There was no dilutive impact for the quarter ended August 31, 2008. The dilutive impact for the nine month period ended August 31, 2008 was approximately 85,000 shares.
90 |
Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group Inc.
On September 29, 2008, MUFG and the Company reached a definitive agreement under which MUFG is investing $9 billion in equity in the Company for approximately a 21% interest in the Company on a fully diluted basis. On October 7, 2008 the Company announced that the parties had received key regulatory clearances for the transaction, including approval by the Fed and other key global regulators and early termination under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Act. See Note 17 to the condensed consolidated financial statements for further information.
The $9 billion investment will further enhance the Companys capital and liquidity positions and will improve the Companys leverage and adjusted leverage ratios, Tier 1 and total capital ratios as compared with August 31, 2008 levels. The transaction is expected to close promptly after the expiration of the mandatory five-day waiting period following the Fed approval on October 6, 2008.
Equity Capital Management Policies.
The Companys senior management views equity capital as an important source of financial strength. The Company actively manages its consolidated equity capital position based upon, among other things, business opportunities, capital availability and rates of return together with internal capital policies, regulatory requirements and rating agency guidelines and, therefore, in the future may expand or contract its equity capital base to address the changing needs of its businesses. The Company attempts to maintain total equity, on a consolidated basis, at least equal to the sum of its operating subsidiaries equity.
As of August 31, 2008, the Companys equity capital (which includes shareholders equity and junior subordinated debt issued to capital trusts) was $46,129 million, an increase of $9,984 million from November 30, 2007, primarily due to the CIC investment and growth in retained earnings. The Company returns internally generated equity capital that is in excess of the needs of its businesses to its shareholders through common stock repurchases and dividends.
In December 2006, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had authorized the repurchase of up to $6 billion of the Companys outstanding common stock. This share repurchase authorization replaced the Companys previous repurchase authorizations with one repurchase program for capital management purposes that will consider, among other things, business segment capital needs as well as equity-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. As of August 31, 2008, the Company had approximately $2.3 billion remaining under its current share repurchase authorization. During the quarter and nine month period ended August 31, 2008, the Company did not repurchase any shares of its common stock as part of its capital management share repurchase program (see also Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds in Part II, Item 2).
The Board of Directors determines the declaration and payment of dividends on a quarterly basis. In September 2008, the Company announced that its Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend per common share of $0.27. The Company also announced that its Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $255.56 per share of Series A Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (represented by depositary shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of preferred stock and each having a dividend of $0.25556).
Economic Capital.
The Companys economic capital framework estimates the amount of equity capital required to support the businesses over a wide range of market environments while simultaneously satisfying regulatory, rating agency and investor requirements. The framework will evolve over time in response to changes in the business and regulatory environment and to incorporate enhancements in modeling techniques.
Economic capital is assigned to each business segment and sub-allocated to product lines. Each business segment is capitalized as if it were an independent operating entity. This process is intended to align equity capital with the risks in each business in order to allow senior management to evaluate returns on a risk-adjusted basis (such as return on equity and shareholder value added).
91 |
Economic capital is based on regulatory capital usage plus additional capital for stress losses. The Company assesses stress loss capital across various dimensions of market, credit, business and operational risks. Economic capital requirements are met by regulatory Tier 1 capital. For a further discussion of the Companys Tier 1 capital see Regulatory Requirements herein. The difference between the Companys Tier 1 capital and aggregate economic capital requirements denotes the Companys unallocated capital position.
The following table presents the Companys allocated average Tier 1 capital (economic capital) and average common equity for the quarters ended August 31, 2008 and November 30, 2007:
Three Months Ended August 31, 2008 |
Three Months Ended November 30, 2007 |
|||||||||||||
Average Tier 1 capital |
Average common equity |
Average Tier 1 capital |
Average common equity |
|||||||||||
(dollars in billions) | ||||||||||||||
Institutional Securities |
$ | 24.4 | $ | 21.6 | $ | 28.0 | $ | 27.7 | ||||||
Global Wealth Management Group |
1.7 | 1.4 | 1.6 | 1.7 | ||||||||||
Asset Management |
4.3 | 4.2 | 3.1 | 3.9 | ||||||||||
Unallocated capital |
7.1 | 7.1 | (0.4 | ) | (0.4 | ) | ||||||||
Total |
$ | 37.5 | $ | 34.3 | $ | 32.3 | $ | 32.9 | ||||||
Tier 1 capital and common equity allocated to the Institutional Securities business segment decreased in comparison with the quarter ended November 30, 2007 driven by reductions in market and credit risk exposures and the incorporation of market risk capital model enhancements. Tier 1 capital and common equity allocated to Asset Management increased driven by the consolidation of Crescent on the Companys balance sheet. See Impact of Credit Market EventsReal Estate Investor FundsCrescent herein for further discussion. Additionally, the proportion of common equity allocated to the operating segments decreased due to the issuance of hybrid capital. See China Investment Corporation Investment herein.
The Company continues to believe that it is adequately capitalized. The Company generally uses available unallocated capital for organic growth, additional acquisitions and other capital needs including repurchases of common stock while maintaining adequate capital ratios. For a discussion of risk-based capital ratios, see Regulatory Requirements herein.
Liquidity and Funding Management Policies.
The primary goal of the Companys liquidity management and funding activities is to ensure adequate funding over a wide range of market environments. Given the mix of the Companys business activities, funding requirements are fulfilled through a diversified range of secured and unsecured financing.
The Companys liquidity and funding risk management policies are designed to mitigate the potential risk that the Company may be unable to access adequate financing to service its financial obligations without material franchise or business impact. The key objectives of the liquidity and funding risk management framework are to support the successful execution of the Companys business strategies while ensuring sufficient liquidity through the business cycle and during periods of stressed market conditions.
Liquidity Management Policies.
The principal elements of the Companys liquidity management framework are the Contingency Funding Plan (CFP), the Liquidity Reserves and the Cash Capital Policy. Comprehensive financing guidelines (secured funding, long-term funding strategy, surplus capacity, diversification, staggered maturities and committed credit facilities) support the Companys target liquidity profile.
92 |
Contingency Funding Plan. The Contingency Funding Plan is the Companys primary liquidity risk management tool. The CFP models a potential, prolonged liquidity contraction over a one-year time period and sets forth a course of action to effectively manage a liquidity event. The CFP and liquidity risk exposures are evaluated on an on-going basis and reported to the Firm Risk Committee and other appropriate risk committees.
The Companys CFP model is designed to be dynamic and scenarios incorporate a wide range of potential cash outflows during a liquidity stress event, including, but not limited to, the following: (i) repayment of all unsecured debt maturing within one year and no incremental unsecured debt issuance; (ii) maturity roll-off of outstanding letters of credit with no further issuance and replacement with cash collateral; (iii) return of unsecured securities borrowed and any cash raised against these securities; (iv) additional collateral that would be required by counterparties in the event of a two-notch long-term credit ratings downgrade; (v) higher haircuts on or lower availability of secured funding; (vi) client cash withdrawals; (vii) drawdowns on unfunded commitments provided to third parties; and (viii) discretionary unsecured debt buybacks.
The CFP is produced on a parent, bank subsidiary and non-bank subsidiary level to capture specific cash requirements and cash availability at various legal entities. The CFP assumes that the parent company does not have access to cash that may be held at certain subsidiaries due to regulatory, legal or tax constraints. In addition, the CFP assumes that the parent company does not draw down on its committed credit facilities.
Liquidity Reserves. The Company seeks to maintain target liquidity reserves that are sized to cover daily funding needs and meet strategic liquidity targets as outlined in the CFP. These liquidity reserves are held in the form of cash deposits with banks and pools of unencumbered securities. The parent company liquidity reserve is managed globally and consists of overnight cash deposits and unencumbered U.S. and European government bonds and other high-quality collateral. All of the unencumbered securities are central bank eligible. The Company believes that diversifying the form in which its liquidity reserves (cash and securities) are maintained enhances its ability to quickly and efficiently source funding in a stressed environment. The Companys funding requirements and target liquidity reserves may vary based on changes to the level and composition of its balance sheet, timing of specific transactions, client financing activity, market conditions and seasonal factors.
The table below summarizes the Companys liquidity reserves on a parent, bank subsidiary and non-bank subsidiary level. The liquidity held on the bank subsidiaries level and, to a certain extent on the non-bank subsidiaries level, is generally assumed not to be available to the parent.
Average Balance | |||||||||
Liquidity Reserve |
At August 31, 2008 |
For the Three Months Ended August 31, 2008 |
For the Nine Months Ended August 31, 2008 | ||||||
(dollars in billions) | |||||||||
Parent |
$ | 77 | $ | 81 | $ | 75 | |||
Bank subsidiaries |
35 | 31 | 26 | ||||||
Non-bank subsidiaries |
67 | 63 | 43 | ||||||
Total |
$ | 179 | $ | 175 | $ | 144 | |||
During the month of September 2008, the credit markets experienced significant disruption. In response to the market disruption, the Company implemented certain CFP actions to further support its liquidity position. These actions included, but were not limited to: (i) hypothecation of previously unencumbered collateral; (ii) selective reduction in certain funding and balance sheet intensive businesses; (iii) selective asset reduction through sales; and (iv) pledging collateral to federal government-sponsored lending programs. The Companys total liquidity reserve levels subsequent to August 31, 2008 declined, but remain at levels well in excess of those observed on average for 2007. The Companys liquidity reserve continues to be a principal focus of management. The Company believes that its current total liquidity reserve level, its access to expanded sources of funding and liquidity resulting from the Feds current policies, the Companys newly acquired status as a financial holding company and its continued focus on reducing total assets and leverage will be sufficient to meet the Companys ongoing business requirements.
93 |
Cash Capital. The Company maintains a cash capital model that measures long-term funding sources against internal requirements. Sources of cash capital include the parent companys equity and the non-current portion of certain long-term borrowings. Uses of cash capital include the following: (i) illiquid assets such as buildings, equipment, goodwill, net intangible assets, exchange memberships, deferred tax assets and principal investments; (ii) a portion of securities inventory that is not expected to be financed on a secured basis in a credit-stressed environment (i.e., stressed haircuts); and (iii) drawdowns of unfunded commitments.
The Company seeks to maintain a surplus cash capital position. The Companys equity capital of $46,129 million (including junior subordinated debt issued to capital trusts of $10,364 million) and long-term borrowings (senior and senior subordinated debt obligations scheduled to mature in more than 12 months) of $156,459 million comprised the Companys total long-term debt and equity capital of $202,588 million as of August 31, 2008, which substantially exceeded cash capital requirements.
Committed Credit Facilities.
The Company maintains a senior revolving credit agreement with a group of banks to support general liquidity needs, which consists of three separate tranches: a U.S. dollar tranche; a Japanese yen tranche; and a multicurrency tranche available in both euro and the British pound, all of which exist with the Company as borrower. Under this combined facility (the Credit Facility), the banks are committed to provide up to a total of approximately $5.0 billion ($3.3 billion under the U.S. dollar tranche; 32.0 billion Japanese yen under the Japanese yen tranche; and $1.4 billion under the multicurrency tranche). The Credit Facility expires on April 16, 2009 and includes a term-out feature that allows the Company to extend borrowings under the Credit Facility for an additional one year beyond the expiration date.
The Company anticipates that it may utilize the Credit Facility for short-term funding from time to time. The Company does not believe that any of the covenant requirements in its Credit Facility will impair its ability to obtain funding under the Credit Facility, pay its current level of dividends or obtain loan arrangements, letters of credit and other financial guarantees or other financial accommodations. At August 31, 2008, no borrowings were outstanding under the Credit Facility. At August 31, 2008, the Company had a $13.9 billion consolidated stockholders equity surplus as compared with the Credit Facilitys covenant requirement.
The Company also maintains a committed bilateral credit facility to support general liquidity needs. This facility is expected to be drawn from time to time to cover short-term funding needs.
Capital Covenants.
In October 2006 and April 2007, the Company executed replacement capital covenants in connection with offerings by Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VII and Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VIII (the Capital Securities). Under the terms of the replacement capital covenants, the Company has agreed, for the benefit of certain specified holders of debt, to limitations on its ability to redeem or repurchase any of the Capital Securities for specified periods of time. For a complete description of the Capital Securities and the terms of the replacement capital covenants, see the Companys Current Reports on Form 8-K dated October 12, 2006 and April 26, 2007.
Funding Management Policies.
The Companys funding management policies are designed to provide for financings that are executed in a manner that reduces the risk of disruption to the Companys operations. The Company pursues a strategy of diversification of secured and unsecured funding sources (by product, by investor and by region) and attempts to ensure that the tenor of the Companys liabilities equals or exceeds the expected holding period of the assets being financed. Maturities of financings are designed to manage exposure to refinancing risk in any one period.
The Company funds its balance sheet on a global basis through diverse sources. These sources include the Companys equity capital; long-term debt; repurchase agreements; U.S., Canadian, European, Japanese and Australian commercial paper; letters of credit; unsecured bond borrowings; deposits; securities lending; buy/sell
94 |
agreements; municipal reinvestments; promissory notes; and committed and uncommitted lines of credit. Repurchase agreement transactions, securities lending and a portion of the Companys bank borrowings are made on a collateralized basis and, therefore, provide a more stable source of funding than short-term unsecured borrowings. The Company has active financing programs for both standard and structured products in the U.S., European and Asian markets, targeting global investors and currencies such as the U.S. dollar, euro, British pound, Australian dollar and Japanese yen.
Secured Financing. A substantial portion of the Companys total assets consists of liquid marketable securities and short-term receivables arising principally from its Institutional Securities sales and trading activities. The liquid nature of these assets provides the Company with flexibility in financing these assets with collateralized borrowings.
The Companys goal is to achieve an optimal mix of secured and unsecured funding through appropriate use of collateralized borrowings. The Institutional Securities business emphasizes the use of collateralized short-term borrowings to limit the growth of short-term unsecured funding, which is more typically subject to disruption during periods of financial stress. As part of this effort, the Institutional Securities business segment continually seeks to expand its global secured borrowing capacity.
In addition, the Company, through several of its subsidiaries, maintains funded and unfunded committed credit facilities to support various businesses, including the collateralized commercial and residential mortgage whole loan, derivative contracts, warehouse lending, emerging market loan, structured product, corporate loan, investment banking and prime brokerage businesses.
The weighted average maturity of the combined fixed income and equity secured financing books was greater than 40 days as of August 31, 2008. Fixed income and equity assets financed via secured funding transactions include cash traded debt and equity securities as well as non-securities assets such as trade receivables and loans. Secured financing transactions include traditional repurchase and securities lending transactions, securities borrowed directly against non-cash collateral, pledge transactions, secured loans and other structured secured financings. The Company monitors the maturity terms of the secured financing books as part of its overall liquidity planning and financing capabilities.
On March 11, 2008, the Fed announced an expansion of its securities lending program to promote liquidity in the financing markets for Treasury securities and other collateral. Under the Term Securities Lending Facility (TSLF), the Fed will lend up to $200 billion of Treasury securities to primary dealers secured for a term of 28 days (rather than overnight, as in the existing program) by a pledge of other securities, including federal agency debt, federal agency residential-mortgage-backed securities (MBS), and non-agency AAA/Aaa-rated private-label residential MBS. In September 2008, the Fed changed the TSLF from a monthly to a weekly competitive auction.
On March 16, 2008, the Fed announced that the Federal Reserve Bank of New York has been granted the authority to establish a Primary Dealer Credit Facility (PDCF). The PDCF provides overnight funding to primary dealers in exchange for a specified range of collateral. The Company may at times use the PDCF as an additional source of secured funding for its regular business operations. In September 2008, the Fed expanded the schedule of collateral acceptable under the PDCF.
In September 2008, the Company became a financial holding company under the BHC Act. See Financial Holding Company Status herein. Additionally, the Fed authorized the Federal Reserve Bank of New York to extend credit to the Companys U.S. broker-dealer subsidiary against all types of collateral that may be pledged at the Feds primary credit facility for depository institutions. The Fed also authorized the Federal Reserve Bank of New York to extend credit to the Companys London-based broker-dealer subsidiary against collateral that would be eligible to be pledged at the PDCF.
Unsecured Financing. The Company views long-term debt as a stable source of funding for core inventories and illiquid assets. Securities inventories not financed by secured funding sources and the majority of current assets are financed with a combination of short-term funding, floating rate long-term debt or fixed rate long-term
95 |
debt swapped to a floating rate. The Company uses derivative products (primarily interest rate, currency and equity swaps) to assist in asset and liability management, reduce borrowing costs and hedge interest rate risk (see Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007 included in the Form 10-K).
Short-Term Borrowings. The Companys unsecured short-term borrowings consist of commercial paper, bank loans, Federal Funds, bank notes and structured notes with maturities of twelve months or less at issuance.
The Company maintains a surplus of unused short-term funding sources to withstand unforeseen contractions in credit capacity. In addition, the Company attempts to maintain cash and unhypothecated marketable securities equal to at least 110% of its outstanding short-term unsecured borrowings.
The table below summarizes the Companys short-term unsecured borrowings:
At August 31, 2008 |
At November 30, 2007 | |||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||
Commercial paper |
$ | 7,745 | $ | 22,596 | ||
Other short-term borrowings |
6,414 | 11,899 | ||||
Total |
$ | 14,159 | $ | 34,495 | ||
Deposits. The Companys bank subsidiaries primary source of funding includes bank deposit sweeps, federal funds purchased, certificates of deposit, money market deposit accounts, commercial paper and FHLB advances. As of August 31, 2008, the Companys bank subsidiaries had total deposits of approximately $37 billion, an increase of approximately $6 billion from November 30, 2007.
Long-Term Borrowings. The Company uses a variety of long-term debt funding sources to generate liquidity, taking into consideration the CFP and cash capital requirements. In addition, issuance of long-term debt allows the Company to reduce reliance on short-term credit sensitive instruments (e.g., commercial paper and other unsecured short-term borrowings). Financing transactions are structured to ensure staggered maturities, thereby mitigating refinancing risk, and to maximize investor diversification through sales to global institutional and retail clients. Availability and cost of financing to the Company can vary depending on market conditions, the volume of certain trading and lending activities, the Companys credit ratings and the overall availability of credit. As a result of the significant disruptions in the credit markets during September 2008, the cost of new financing available to the Company increased significantly. The Company, however, had already fulfilled its planned financing needs for fiscal 2008.
During the nine month period ended August 31, 2008, the Companys long-term financing strategy was driven, in part, by its continued focus on improving its balance sheet strength (evaluated through enhanced capital and liquidity positions). As a result, for the nine month period ended August 31, 2008, a principal amount of $43 billion of unsecured debt was issued (of which $12 billion of certain structured notes were not considered to be a component of the Companys cash capital).
Subsequent to August 31, 2008, credit markets continued to experience illiquidity and wider credit spreads. The Company may from time to time engage in various transactions in the credit markets (including, for example, debt repurchases) which it believes are in the best interests of the Company and its investors.
Credit Ratings.
The Company relies on external sources to finance a significant portion of its day-to-day operations. The cost and availability of financing generally are dependent on the Companys short-term and long-term credit ratings. Factors that are significant to the determination of the Companys credit ratings or that otherwise affect its ability
96 |
to raise short-term and long-term financing include the Companys level and volatility of earnings, relative positions in the markets in which it operates, management quality, franchise strength and diversification, risk appetite and management, liquidity, funding capacity and capital adequacy as well as the operating environment. A deterioration in any of the previously mentioned factors or combination of these factors may lead rating agencies to downgrade the credit ratings of the Company, thereby increasing the cost to the Company in obtaining funding. In addition, the Companys debt ratings can have a significant impact on certain trading revenues, particularly in those businesses where longer term counterparty performance is critical, such as OTC derivative transactions, including credit derivatives and interest rate swaps.
In connection with certain OTC trading agreements and certain other agreements associated with the Institutional Securities business segment, the Company may be required to provide additional collateral to certain counterparties in the event of a credit ratings downgrade. At August 31, 2008, the amount of additional collateral that could be called by counterparties under the terms of collateral agreements in the event of a one-notch downgrade of the Companys long-term credit rating was approximately $547.2 million. An additional amount of approximately $534.2 million could be called in the event of a two-notch downgrade. Of these amounts, $948.3 million relates to bilateral arrangements between the Company and other parties where upon the downgrade of one party, the downgraded party must deliver incremental collateral to the other. These bilateral downgrade arrangements are a risk management tool used extensively by the Company as credit exposures are reduced if counterparties are downgraded.
On June 2, 2008, Standard & Poors lowered the Companys short-term debt rating from A-1+ to A-1 and its long-term rating from AA- to A+.
On August 11, 2008, Moodys Investors Service lowered the long-term ratings of the Company from Aa3 to A1. Moodys Investors Service also changed the ratings outlook from Negative to Stable.
On September 9, 2008, Rating and Investment Information, Inc. lowered the Companys long-term rating from AA to AA-.
On September 17, 2008, Dominion Bond Rating Service Limited changed the outlook on the Companys long-term debt from Stable to Negative.
As of September 30, 2008, the Companys senior unsecured credit ratings were as follows:
Short-Term |
Long-Term |
Rating | ||||
Dominion Bond Rating Service Limited |
R-1 (middle) | AA (low) | Negative | |||
Fitch Ratings |
F1+ | AA- | Negative | |||
Moodys Investors Service |
P-1 | A1 | Stable | |||
Rating and Investment Information, Inc. |
a-1+ | AA- | Negative | |||
Standard & Poors |
A-1 | A+ | Negative |
On August 12, 2008, Standard and Poors raised Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.s short-term debt rating from A-1 to A-1+ and its long-term debt rating from A+ to AA-.
As of September 30, 2008, Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.s senior unsecured credit ratings were as follows:
Short-Term Debt |
Long-Term Debt |
Rating Outlook | ||||
Fitch Ratings |
F1+ | AA- | Negative | |||
Moodys Investors Service |
P-1 | A1 | Stable | |||
Standard & Poors |
A-1+ | AA- | Negative |
97 |
Commitments.
The Companys commitments associated with outstanding letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements, investment activities, corporate lending and financing arrangements, mortgage lending and marginlending as of August 31, 2008 are summarized below by period of expiration. Since commitments associated with these instruments may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements:
Years to Maturity | Total at August 31, 2008 | ||||||||||||||
Less than 1 |
1-3 | 3-5 | Over 5 | ||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | |||||||||||||||
Letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements |
$ | 9,741 | $ | 153 | $ | | $ | 1 | $ | 9,895 | |||||
Investment activities |
1,571 | 1,121 | 195 | 710 | 3,597 | ||||||||||
Primary lending commitments(1)(2) |
11,256 | 9,637 | 25,051 | 4,496 | 50,440 | ||||||||||
Secondary lending commitments(1) |
105 | 81 | 356 | 96 | 638 | ||||||||||
Commitments for secured lending transactions |
913 | 1,619 | 2,140 | 8 | 4,680 | ||||||||||
Commitments to enter into reverse repurchase agreements |
49,534 | | | | 49,534 | ||||||||||
Commercial and residential mortgage-related commitments(1) |
4,188 | | | | 4,188 | ||||||||||
Other commitments(3) |
3,154 | 12 | | | 3,166 | ||||||||||
Total |
$ | 80,462 | $ | 12,623 | $ | 27,742 | $ | 5,311 | $ | 126,138 | |||||
(1) | These commitments are recorded at fair value within Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition (see Note 2 to the condensed consolidated financial statements). |
(2) | This amount includes commitments to asset-backed commercial paper conduits of $590 million as of August 31, 2008 of which $582 million have maturities of less than one year and $8 million of which have maturities of three to five years. |
(3) | This amount includes binding commitments to enter into margin-lending transactions of $2.3 billion as of August 31, 2008 in connection with the Companys Institutional Securities business segment. |
For further description of these commitments, see Note 8 to the condensed consolidated financial statements.
Regulatory Requirements.
At August 31, 2008, the Company is a consolidated supervised entity (CSE) as defined by the SEC. As such, the Company is subject to group-wide supervision and examination by the SEC and to minimum capital requirements on a consolidated basis and in accordance with the Basel II Accord. The Basel II Accord is designed to be a risk-based capital adequacy approach, which allows for the use of internal estimates of risk components to calculate regulatory capital. As a CSE, the Company is required to notify the SEC if the ratio of total capital to risk weighted assets (RWAs) fell below 10%. As of August 31, 2008, the Company was in compliance with its capital requirements with a total capital ratio of 19.0%. In addition, the Company seeks to maintain a ratio of Tier 1 capital to RWAs of at least 6%. This ratio as of August 31, 2008 was 12.7%.
In September 2008, the Company became a financial holding company subject to the regulation and oversight of the Fed. In granting financial holding company status, the Fed will evaluate the Companys compliance with well capitalized standards (see Financial Holding Company Status herein).
98 |
The following table presents the Companys Basel II consolidated capital ratios and allowances as of August 31, and May 31, 2008 (dollars in millions):
August 31, 2008 |
May 31, 2008 |
|||||||
Allowable Capital |
||||||||
Tier 1 capital: |
||||||||
Common shareholders equity |
$ | 34,665 | $ | 33,393 | ||||
Qualifying non-cumulative preferred stock |
1,100 | 1,100 | ||||||
Qualifying mandatorily convertible trust preferred securities |
5,579 | 5,579 | ||||||
Qualifying other junior subordinated debt issued to capital trusts |
4,788 | 4,788 | ||||||
Less: Goodwill |
(2,536 | ) | (2,707 | ) | ||||
Less: Non-servicing intangible assets |
(757 | ) | (558 | ) | ||||
Less: Net deferred tax assets |
(3,074 | ) | (3,195 | ) | ||||
Less: Debt valuation adjustment |
(2,201 | ) | (1,324 | ) | ||||
Total Tier 1 capital |
37,564 | 37,076 | ||||||
Tier 2 capital: |
||||||||
Other components of allowable capital: |
||||||||
Qualifying subordinated debt |
4,092 | 4,091 | ||||||
Qualifying long-term debt |
14,690 | 14,447 | ||||||
Total Tier 2 capital |
18,782 | 18,538 | ||||||
Total allowable capital |
$ | 56,346 | $ | 55,614 | ||||
Risk-Weighted Assets |
||||||||
Market risk |
$ | 100,521 | $ | 100,268 | ||||
Credit risk |
144,966 | 147,214 | ||||||
Operational risk |
51,100 | 51,963 | ||||||
Total |
$ | 296,587 | $ | 299,445 | ||||
Capital Ratios |
||||||||
Total capital ratio |
19.0 | % | 18.6 | % | ||||
Tier 1 capital ratio |
12.7 | % | 12.4 | % | ||||
Total allowable capital is comprised of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. Tier 1 capital consists predominantly of common shareholders equity as well as qualifying non-cumulative preferred stock, trust preferred securities mandatorily convertible to common equity and other junior subordinated debt issued to trusts less goodwill (excluding minority ownership), non-servicing intangible assets (excluding mortgage servicing rights), net deferred tax assets (recoverable in excess of one year) and debt valuation adjustment (DVA). DVA represents the cumulative change in fair value of the Companys borrowings (for which the fair value option was elected) that was attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit spreads and is included in retained earnings. For a further discussion of fair value see Note 2 to the condensed consolidated financial statements. Tier 2 capital consists of qualifying subordinated and long-term debt. Long-term debt included in Tier 2 capital has a maturity greater than five years and is limited (together with qualifying subordinated debt) to an amount equal to 50 percent of Tier 1 capital, until December 1, 2008 when long-term debt will no longer apply as qualifying Tier 2 capital. The Companys total capital ratio excluding long-term debt from Tier 2 capital was 14.0% as of August 31, 2008.
As of August 31, 2008, the Company calculated its RWAs in accordance with the regulatory capital requirements of the SEC which is consistent with guidelines described under the Basel II Accord. RWAs reflect both on and
99 |
off balance sheet risk of the Company. The risk capital calculations will evolve over time as the Company enhances its risk management methodology and incorporates improvements in modelling techniques while maintaining compliance with the regulatory requirements and interpretations.
Market RWAs reflect capital charges attributable to the risk of loss resulting from adverse changes in market prices and other factors. For a further discussion of the Companys market risks and Value-at-Risk model, see Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market RiskRisk Management in Part II, Item 7A of the Form 10-K. Market RWAs incorporate three components: Systematic risk, Specific risk, and Incremental Default risk (IDR). Systematic and Specific risk charges are computed using either a Standardized Approach (applying a fixed percentage to the fair value of the assets) or the Companys Value-at-Risk model. Capital charges related to IDR are calculated using an IDR model that estimates the loss due to sudden default events affecting traded financial instruments at a 99.9% confidence level. In addition, Market RWAs include assets classified as investments for which capital is computed using a Standardized Approach.
Credit RWAs reflect capital charges attributable to the risk of loss arising from a borrower or counterparty failing to meet its financial obligations. For a further discussion of the Companys credit risks, see Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market RiskCredit Risk in Part II, Item 7A of the Form 10-K. Credit RWAs are determined using either an Internal Ratings-based (IRB) Approach, which reflects the Companys internal estimate of a borrower or counterpartys credit worthiness, or a Standardized Approach. A Standardized Approach is used for certain asset categories, including receivables (e.g., fees, interest and other), premises, equipment and software costs, and other assets where a fixed percentage is applied to the fair value of the assets. Credit capital charges related to certain loans, OTC derivative receivable exposures and security financing transactions are computed using an IRB Approach. Within the IRB Approach, future potential credit exposure resulting from derivative receivables is estimated using an internal model and is the most significant contributor to total Credit RWAs. The risk-reducing effect of hedges related to loan and counterparty exposures is excluded from capital calculations.
Operational risk capital charges are designed to account for the risk of losses due to inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems, or external events and take into account legal risk. RWAs for operational risk are currently calculated under the Basic Indicator Approach in accordance with Basel II. The Company holds capital equal to the average net revenues over the previous three years using a fixed percentage. For a further discussion of operational risks, see Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market RiskOperational Risk in Part II, Item 7A of the Form 10-K.
The Company also employs an Economic Capital framework, whereby incremental capital for stress losses is held in addition to capital requirements under capital regulations (see Liquidity and Capital ResourcesEconomic Capital herein).
100 |
Item 3. | Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk. |
Market Risk.
The Company uses Value-at-Risk (VaR) as one of a range of risk management tools. VaR values should be interpreted in light of the methods strengths and limitations, which include, but are not limited to: historical changes in market risk factors may not be accurate predictors of future market conditions; VaR estimates represent a one-day measurement and do not reflect the risk of positions that cannot be liquidated or hedged in one day; and VaR estimates may not fully incorporate the risk of more extreme market events that are outsized relative to observed historical market behavior or reflect the historical distribution of results beyond the 95% confidence interval. A small proportion of market risk generated by trading positions is not included in VaR, and the modeling of the risk characteristics of some positions relies upon approximations that, under certain circumstances, could produce significantly different VaR results from those produced using more precise measures. For a further discussion of the Companys VaR methodology and its limitations, and the Companys risk management policies and control structure, see Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market RiskRisk Management in Part II, Item 7A of the Form 10-K.
The tables below present the following: the Companys quarter-end Aggregate (Trading and Non-trading), Trading and Non-trading VaR (see Table 1 below); the Companys quarterly average, high, and low Trading VaR (see Table 2 below); and the VaR statistics that would result if the Company were to adopt alternative parameters for its calculations, such as the reported confidence level (95% vs. 99%) for the VaR statistic or a shorter historical time series (four years vs. one year) of market data upon which it bases its simulations (see Table 3 below). Aggregate VaR also incorporates (a) the interest rate risk generated by funding liabilities related to institutional trading positions, (b) public company equity positions recorded as investments by the Company and (c) corporate loan exposures that are awaiting distribution to the market. Investments made by the Company that are not publicly traded are not reflected in the VaR results presented below. Aggregate VaR also excludes certain funding liabilities primarily related to fixed and other non-trading assets as well as the credit spread risk generated by the Companys funding liabilities. As of August 31, 2008, the notional amount of funding liabilities related to non-trading assets (including premises, equipment and software, goodwill, deferred tax assets and intangible assets) was approximately $7.3 billion, with a duration of approximately 9.7 years. The credit spread risk sensitivity generated by the Companys funding liabilities (i.e., those funding both trading and non-trading assets) corresponded to an increase in value of approximately $78 million for each +1 basis point (or 1/100th of a percentage point) widening in the Companys credit spread level as of August 31, 2008.
101 |
The table below presents 95%/one-day VaR for each of the Companys primary risk exposures and on an aggregate basis as of August 31, 2008, May 31, 2008 and November 30, 2007.
Table 1: 95% Total VaR |
Aggregate (Trading and Non-trading) |
Trading | Non-trading | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
95%/One-Day VaR at | 95%/One-Day VaR at | 95%/One-Day VaR at | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Primary Market Risk Category |
August 31, 2008 |
May 31, 2008 |
November 30, 2007 |
August 31, 2008 |
May 31, 2008 |
November 30, 2007 |
August 31, 2008 |
May 31, 2008 |
November 30, 2007 | ||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate and credit spread |
$ | 102 | $ | 90 | $ | 52 | $ | 70 | $ | 64 | $ | 45 | $ | 64 | $ | 57 | $ | 33 | |||||||||
Equity price |
40 | 40 | 40 | 36 | 38 | 39 | 9 | 5 | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange rate |
21 | 23 | 24 | 21 | 22 | 25 | 1 | 2 | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||
Commodity price |
34 | 41 | 34 | 34 | 41 | 34 | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Subtotal |
197 | 194 | 150 | 161 | 165 | 143 | 74 | 64 | 38 | ||||||||||||||||||
Less diversification benefit(1) |
78 | 76 | 67 | 69 | 66 | 65 | 11 | 7 | 5 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total VaR |
$ | 119 | $ | 118 | $ | 83 | $ | 92 | $ | 99 | $ | 78 | $ | 63 | $ | 57 | $ | 33 | |||||||||
(1) | Diversification benefit equals the difference between Total VaR and the sum of the VaRs for the four risk categories. This benefit arises because the simulated one-day losses for each of the four primary market risk categories occur on different days; similar diversification benefits also are taken into account within each category. |
The Companys Aggregate VaR as of August 31, 2008 was $119 million compared with $118 million as of May 31, 2008. The Companys Trading VaR at August 31, 2008 was $92 million compared with $99 million as of May 31, 2008. The decrease in Trading VaR was driven primarily by a decrease in Commodity price VaR, as well as an increase in the diversification benefit between the four primary market risk categories.
The Company views average Trading VaR over a period of time as more representative of trends in the business than VaR at any single point in time. Table 2 below, which presents the high, low and average 95%/one-day Trading VaR during the quarters ended August 31, 2008, May 31, 2008 and November 30, 2007, represents substantially all of the Companys trading activities. Certain market risks included in the year-end Aggregate VaR discussed above are excluded from these measures (e.g., equity price risk in public company equity positions recorded as principal investments by the Company and certain funding liabilities related to trading positions).
Average Trading VaR for the quarter ended August 31, 2008 was $99 million, unchanged from $99 million for the quarter ended May 31, 2008, as increases in interest rate and credit spread VaR and equity price VaR were offset by decreases in foreign exchange VaR and commodity price VaR. The increase in average Non-trading VaR during the quarter was primarily driven by increased exposures associated with certain Non-trading lending positions. The sale of these positions over the course of the quarter drove a decrease in Non-trading VaR toward quarter-end.
102 |
Table 2: 95% High/Low/ Average Trading and Non-Trading VaR |
Daily 95%/One-Day VaR for the Quarter Ended August 31, 2008 |
Daily 95%/One-Day VaR for the Quarter Ended May 31, 2008 |
Daily 95%/One-Day VaR for the Quarter Ended November 30, 2007 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Primary Market Risk Category |
High | Low | Average | High | Low | Average | High | Low | Average | ||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate and credit spread |
$ | 75 | $ | 57 | $ | 68 | $ | 77 | $ | 54 | $ | 66 | $ | 68 | $ | 40 | $ | 53 | |||||||||
Equity price |
53 | 33 | 41 | 45 | 33 | 38 | 50 | 31 | 41 | ||||||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange rate |
36 | 14 | 25 | 35 | 21 | 28 | 33 | 15 | 25 | ||||||||||||||||||
Commodity price |
43 | 29 | 35 | 42 | 33 | 39 | 42 | 31 | 35 | ||||||||||||||||||
Trading VaR |
108 | 90 | 99 | 108 | 87 | 99 | 107 | 74 | 89 | ||||||||||||||||||
Non-trading VaR |
96 | 49 | 72 | 58 | 30 | 45 | 61 | 21 | 36 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total VaR |
143 | 113 | 128 | 122 | 104 | 112 | 123 | 77 | 98 |
VaR Statistics Under Varying Assumptions.
VaR statistics are not readily comparable across firms because of differences in the breadth of products included in each firms VaR model, in the statistical assumptions made when simulating changes in market factors, and in the methods used to approximate portfolio revaluations under the simulated market conditions. These differences can result in materially different VaR estimates for similar portfolios. As a result, VaR statistics are more reliable and relevant when used as indicators of trends in risk taking within a firm rather than as a basis for inferring differences in risk taking across firms. Table 3 below presents the VaR statistics that would result if the Company were to adopt alternative parameters for its calculations, such as the reported confidence level (95% versus 99%) for the VaR statistic or a shorter historical time series (four years versus one year) for market data upon which it bases its simulations:
Table 3: Average 95% and 99% Trading VaR with Four-Year/One-Year Historical Time Series |
Average 95%/One-Day VaR for the Quarter Ended August 31, 2008 |
Average 99%/One-Day VaR for the Quarter Ended August 31, 2008 | ||||||||||
Primary Market Risk Category |
Four-Year Factor History |
One-Year Factor History |
Four-Year Factor History |
One-Year Factor History | ||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||
Interest rate and credit spread |
$ | 68 | $ | 111 | $ | 154 | $ | 239 | ||||
Equity price |
41 | 41 | 64 | 68 | ||||||||
Foreign exchange rate |
25 | 26 | 37 | 39 | ||||||||
Commodity price |
35 | 32 | 55 | 57 | ||||||||
Trading VaR |
99 | 135 | 175 | 246 |
In addition, if the Company were to report Trading VaR (using a four-year historical time series) with respect to a 10-day holding period, the Companys 95% and 99% Average Trading VaR for the quarter ended August 31, 2008 would have been $312 million and $552 million, respectively.
103 |
Distribution of VaR Statistics and Net Revenues for the quarter ended August 31, 2008.
As shown in Table 2 above, the Companys average 95%/one-day Trading VaR for the quarter ended August 31, 2008 was $99 million. The histogram below presents the distribution of the Companys daily 95%/one-day Trading VaR for the quarter ended August 31, 2008. The most frequently occurring value was between $94 million and $97 million, while for approximately 80% of trading days during the quarter, VaR ranged between $91 million and $106 million.
One method of evaluating the reasonableness of the Companys VaR model as a measure of the Companys potential volatility of net revenue is to compare the VaR with actual trading revenue. Assuming no intra-day trading, for a 95%/one-day VaR, the expected number of times that trading losses should exceed VaR during the fiscal year is 13, and, in general, if trading losses were to exceed VaR more than 21 times in a year, the accuracy of the VaR model could be questioned. Accordingly, the Company evaluates the reasonableness of its VaR model by comparing the potential declines in portfolio values generated by the model with actual trading results. For days where losses exceed the 95% or 99% VaR statistic, the Company examines the drivers of trading losses to evaluate the VaR models accuracy relative to realized trading results.
The Company incurred daily trading losses in excess of the 95%/one-day Trading VaR on two days during the quarter ended August 31, 2008. Over the longer term, trading losses are expected to exceed VaR an average of three times per quarter at the 95% confidence level. The Company bases its VaR calculations on the long term (or unconditional) distribution, and therefore evaluates its risk from a longer term perspective, which avoids understating risk during periods of relatively lower volatility in the market.
104 |
The histogram below shows the distribution of daily net trading revenue during the quarter ended August 31, 2008 for the Companys trading businesses (including net interest and non-agency commissions but excluding certain non-trading revenues such as primary, fee-based and prime brokerage revenue credited to the trading businesses). During the quarter ended August 31, 2008, the Company experienced net trading losses on 16 days.
Credit Risk.
For a further discussion of the Companys credit risks, see Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market RisksCredit Risk in Part II, Item 7A of the Form 10-K.
Credit ExposureCorporate Lending. In connection with certain of its Institutional Securities business activities, the Company provides loans or lending commitments (including bridge financing) to selected clients. Such loans and commitments can generally be classified as either event-driven or relationship-driven.
Event-driven loans and commitments refer to activities associated with a particular event or transaction, such as to support client merger, acquisition or recapitalization transactions. The commitments associated with these event-driven activities may not be indicative of the Companys actual funding requirements, since funding is contingent upon a proposed transaction being completed. In addition, the borrower may not fully utilize the commitment or the Companys portion of the commitment may be reduced through the syndication process. The borrowers ability to draw on the commitment is also subject to certain terms and conditions, among other factors. The borrowers of event-driven lending transactions may be investment grade or non-investment grade. The Company risk manages its exposures in connection with event-driven lending transactions through various means, including syndication, distribution and/or hedging.
Relationship-driven loans and commitments are generally made to expand business relationships with select clients. The commitments associated with relationship-driven activities may not be indicative of the Companys actual funding requirements, as the commitment may expire unused or the borrower may not fully
105 |
utilize the commitment. The borrowers of relationship-driven lending transactions may be investment grade or non-investment grade. The Company may hedge its exposures in connection with relationship-driven transactions.
The following table presents information about the Companys corporate loans and commitments as of August 31, 2008. The total corporate lending exposure column includes both lending commitments and funded loans. Funded loans represent loans that have been drawn by the borrower and that were outstanding as of August 31, 2008. Lending commitments represent legally binding obligations to provide funding to clients as of August 31, 2008 for both relationship-driven and event-driven lending transactions. As discussed above, these loans and commitments have varying terms, may be senior or subordinated, may be secured or unsecured, are generally contingent upon representations, warranties and contractual conditions applicable to the borrower, and may be syndicated, traded or hedged by the Company.
At August 31, 2008 and November 30, 2007, the aggregate amount of investment grade loans was $9.3 billion and $13.0 billion, respectively, and the aggregate amount of non-investment grade loans was $10.4 billion and $10.9 billion, respectively. At August 31, 2008 and November 30, 2007, the aggregate amount of lending commitments outstanding was $50.4 billion and $70.2 billion, respectively. In connection with these business activities (which include corporate funded loans and lending commitments), the Company had hedges (which include single name, sector and index hedges) with a notional amount of $34.1 billion and $37.6 billion at August 31, 2008 and November 30, 2007, respectively. The table below shows the Companys credit exposure from its corporate lending positions and commitments as of August 31, 2008. Since commitments associated with these business activities may expire unused, they do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements:
Corporate Lending Commitments and Funded Loans
Years to Maturity | Total Corporate Lending Exposure(2) |
Corporate Funded Loans |
Total Corporate Lending Commitments | ||||||||||||||||||
Credit Rating(1) |
Less than 1 | 1-3 | 3-5 | Over 5 | |||||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | |||||||||||||||||||||
AAA |
$ | 846 | $ | 60 | $ | 1,243 | $ | 312 | $ | 2,461 | $ | 253 | $ | 2,208 | |||||||
AA |
2,294 | 529 | 3,923 | 113 | 6,859 | 244 | 6,615 | ||||||||||||||
A |
5,142 | 4,896 | 7,698 | 109 | 17,845 | 2,796 | 15,049 | ||||||||||||||
BBB |
4,686 | 6,114 | 10,317 | 510 | 21,627 | 5,961 | 15,666 | ||||||||||||||
Investment grade |
12,968 | 11,599 | 23,181 | 1,044 | 48,792 | 9,254 | 39,538 | ||||||||||||||
Non-investment grade |
1,820 | 2,384 | 6,407 | 10,677 | 21,288 | 10,386 | 10,902 | ||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 14,788 | $ | 13,983 | $ | 29,588 | $ | 11,721 | $ | 70,080 | $ | 19,640 | $ | 50,440 | |||||||
(1) | Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Institutional Credit Department using methodologies generally consistent with those employed by external rating agencies. |
(2) | Total corporate lending exposure includes both lending commitments and funded loans. Amounts exclude approximately $34 billion of notional amount of hedges. |
Event-driven Loans and Commitments.
Included in the total corporate lending exposure amounts in the table above is event-driven exposure of $14.6 billion comprised of funded loans of $6.0 billion and lending commitments of $8.6 billion. Included in the $14.6 billion of event-driven exposure were $9.3 billion of loans and commitments to non-investment grade borrowers that were accepted by the borrowers but not yet closed.
106 |
Activity associated with the corporate event-driven lending exposure during the nine month period ended August 31, 2008 was as follows (dollars in millions):
Event-driven lending exposures at November 30, 2007 |
$ | 35,412 | ||
Closed commitments |
10,096 | |||
Withdrawn commitments |
(813 | ) | ||
Net reductions, primarily through distributions(1) |
(29,603 | ) | ||
Mark-to-market adjustments |
(1,238 | ) | ||
Transfers in from relationship-driven lending exposures |
754 | |||
Event-driven lending exposures at August 31, 2008 |
$ | 14,608 | ||
(1) | Included in net reductions are sales of approximately $3.4 billion of highly leveraged loans, high yield notes and loan commitments to affiliates of third party private equity firms. The Company provided senior secured financing of approximately $2.6 billion to these firms. The Companys retained interest is the senior debt collateralized by the transferred assets. The transferred assets are no longer reflected in the condensed consolidated financial statements. The retained interests are classified as Financial instruments owned-Corporate and other debt in the condensed consolidated statement of financial condition. |
Credit ExposureDerivatives. The table below presents a summary by counterparty credit rating and remaining contract maturity of the fair value of OTC derivatives in a gain position as of August 31, 2008. Fair value represents the risk reduction arising from master netting agreements, where applicable, and, in the final column, net of collateral received (principally cash and U.S. government and agency securities):
OTC Derivative ProductsFinancial Instruments Owned(1)
Years to Maturity | Cross- Maturity and Cash Collateral Netting(3) |
Net Exposure Post-Cash Collateral |
Net Exposure Post- Collateral | |||||||||||||||||||
Credit Rating(2) |
Less than 1 | 1-3 | 3-5 | Over 5 | ||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
AAA |
$ | 1,435 | $ | 2,313 | $ | 2,634 | $ | 10,182 | $ | (4,791 | ) | $ | 11,773 | $ | 11,102 | |||||||
AA |
12,824 | 15,892 | 8,803 | 24,812 | (40,172 | ) | 22,159 | 16,838 | ||||||||||||||
A |
5,939 | 5,534 | 3,436 | 15,499 | (13,310 | ) | 17,098 | 15,040 | ||||||||||||||
BBB |
4,620 | 4,152 | 2,202 | 3,671 | (5,182 | ) | 9,463 | 7,719 | ||||||||||||||
Non-investment grade |
9,055 | 5,416 | 3,841 | 3,880 | (8,550 | ) | 13,642 | 9,334 | ||||||||||||||
Unrated(4) |
267 | 146 | 49 | 17 | (63 | ) | 416 | 42 | ||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 34,140 | $ | 33,453 | $ | 20,965 | $ | 58,061 | $ | (72,068 | ) | $ | 74,551 | $ | 60,075 | |||||||
(1) | Fair values shown present the Companys exposure to counterparties related to the Companys OTC derivative products. The table does not include the effect of any related hedges utilized by the Company. The table also excludes fair values corresponding to other credit exposures, such as those arising from the Companys lending activities. |
(2) | Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Institutional Credit Department using methodologies generally consistent with those employed by external rating agencies. |
(3) | Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within such maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral received is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists. |
(4) | In lieu of making an individual assessment of the creditworthiness of unrated companies, the Company makes a determination that the collateral held with respect to such obligations is sufficient to cover a substantial portion of its exposure. |
107 |
The following tables summarize the fair values of the Companys OTC derivative products recorded in Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased by product category and maturity as of August 31, 2008, including on a net basis, where applicable, reflecting the fair value of related non-cash collateral for financial instruments owned:
OTC Derivative ProductsFinancial Instruments Owned
Years to Maturity | Cross- Maturity and Cash Collateral Netting(1) |
Net Exposure Post-Cash Collateral |
Net Exposure Post- Collateral | |||||||||||||||||||
Product Type |
Less than 1 | 1-3 | 3-5 | Over 5 | ||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate and currency swaps, interest rate options, credit derivatives and other fixed income securities contracts |
$ | 6,092 | $ | 15,202 | $ | 15,314 | $ | 55,319 | $ | (51,036 | ) | $ | 40,891 | $ | 35,706 | |||||||
Foreign exchange forward contracts and options |
11,109 | 1,119 | 136 | 55 | (3,116 | ) | 9,303 | 8,009 | ||||||||||||||
Equity securities contracts (including equity swaps, warrants and options) |
7,579 | 3,227 | 422 | 658 | (7,706 | ) | 4,180 | 1,604 | ||||||||||||||
Commodity forwards, options and swaps |
9,360 | 13,905 | 5,093 | 2,029 | (10,210 | ) | 20,177 | 14,756 | ||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 34,140 | $ | 33,453 | $ | 20,965 | $ | 58,061 | $ | (72,068 | ) | $ | 74,551 | $ | 60,075 | |||||||
(1) | Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity and product categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within the maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral received is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists. |
OTC Derivative ProductsFinancial Instruments Sold, Not Yet Purchased(1)
Years to Maturity | Cross-Maturity and Cash Collateral Netting(2) |
Total | |||||||||||||||||
Product Type |
Less than 1 | 1-3 | 3-5 | Over 5 | |||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) | |||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate and currency swaps, interest rate options, credit derivatives and other fixed income securities contracts |
$ | 5,938 | $ | 7,840 | $ | 9,883 | $ | 34,729 | $ | (35,186 | ) | $ | 23,204 | ||||||
Foreign exchange forward contracts and options |
10,066 | 962 | 270 | 87 | (3,088 | ) | 8,297 | ||||||||||||
Equity securities contracts (including equity swaps, warrants and options) |
5,212 | 4,379 | 1,610 | 975 | (5,624 | ) | 6,552 | ||||||||||||
Commodity forwards, options and swaps |
9,503 | 9,047 | 2,805 | 2,120 | (9,116 | ) | 14,359 | ||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 30,719 | $ | 22,228 | $ | 14,568 | $ | 37,911 | $ | (53,014 | ) | $ | 52,412 | ||||||
(1) | Since these amounts are liabilities of the Company, they do not result in credit exposures. |
(2) | Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity and product categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within the maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral paid is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists. |
108 |
The Companys derivatives (both listed and OTC), on a net of counterparty and cash collateral basis, as of August 31, 2008 and November 30, 2007 are summarized in the table below, showing the fair value of the related assets and liabilities by product category:
At August 31, 2008 | At November 30, 2007 | |||||||||||
Product Type |
Assets | Liabilities | Assets | Liabilities | ||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||
Interest rate and currency swaps, interest rate options, credit derivatives and other fixed income securities contracts |
$ | 40,970 | $ | 23,465 | $ | 33,804 | $ | 19,515 | ||||
Foreign exchange forward contracts and options |
9,303 | 8,297 | 7,755 | 9,372 | ||||||||
Equity securities contracts (including equity swaps, warrants and options) |
16,649 | 19,722 | 19,913 | 27,887 | ||||||||
Commodity forwards, options and swaps |
20,658 | 16,917 | 15,531 | 14,830 | ||||||||
Total |
$ | 87,580 | $ | 68,401 | $ | 77,003 | $ | 71,604 | ||||
Each category of derivative products in the above tables includes a variety of instruments, which can differ substantially in their characteristics. Instruments in each category can be denominated in U.S. dollars or in one or more non-U.S. currencies.
The Company determines the fair values recorded in the above tables using various pricing models. For a discussion of fair value as it affects the condensed consolidated financial statements, see Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsCritical Accounting Policies in Part I, Item 2 and Note 1 to the condensed consolidated financial statements.
Country Exposure. As of August 31, 2008, primarily based on the domicile of the counterparty, approximately 7% of the Companys credit exposure (for credit exposure arising from corporate loans and lending commitments as discussed above and current exposure arising from the Companys OTC derivatives contracts) was to emerging markets, and no one emerging market country accounted for more than 1% of the Companys credit exposure. The Company defines emerging markets to include generally all countries that are not members of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development and includes as well the Czech Republic, Hungary, Korea, Mexico, Poland, the Slovak Republic and Turkey but excludes countries rated AA and Aa2 or above by Standard & Poors and Moodys Investors Service, respectively.
The following tables show the Companys percentage of credit exposure from its primary corporate loans and lending commitments and OTC derivative products by country as of August 31, 2008:
Country |
Corporate Lending Exposure |
||
United States |
66 | % | |
United Kingdom |
7 | ||
Germany |
5 | ||
Other |
22 | ||
Total |
100 | % | |
Country |
OTC Derivative Products |
||
United States |
30 | % | |
United Kingdom |
11 | ||
Cayman Islands |
11 | ||
Italy |
6 | ||
Germany |
5 | ||
France |
5 | ||
Canada |
3 | ||
Other |
29 | ||
Total |
100 | % | |
109 |
Industry Exposure. As of August 31, 2008, the Companys material credit exposure (for credit exposure arising from corporate loans and lending commitments as discussed above and current exposure arising from the Companys OTC derivatives contracts) was to entities engaged in the following industries: financial institutions, utilities, insurance, sovereign entities, energy-related entities, telecommunications and consumer-related entities.
The following tables show the Companys percentage of credit exposure from its primary corporate loans and lending commitments and OTC derivative products by industry as of August 31, 2008:
Industry |
Corporate Lending Exposure |
||
Utilities-related |
13 | % | |
Telecommunications |
10 | ||
Consumer-related entities |
10 | ||
Financial institutions |
10 | ||
General industrials |
9 | ||
Technology-related industries |
8 | ||
Media-related entities |
7 | ||
Healthcare-related entities |
5 | ||
Energy-related entities |
5 | ||
Other |
23 | ||
Total |
100 | % | |
Industry |
OTC Derivative Products |
||
Financial institutions |
40 | % | |
Sovereign entities |
14 | ||
Insurance |
11 | ||
Utilities-related entities |
8 | ||
Energy-related entities |
7 | ||
Other |
20 | ||
Total |
100 | % | |
110 |
Credit Derivatives
A credit derivative is a contract between a seller (guarantor) and buyer (beneficiary) of protection against the risk of a credit event occurring on a set of debt obligations issued by a specified reference entity. The beneficiary pays a periodic premium (typically quarterly) over the life of the contract and is protected for the period. If a credit event occurs, the guarantor is required to make payment to the beneficiary based on the terms of the credit derivative contract. Credit events include bankruptcy, dissolution or insolvency of the referenced entity, failure to pay, obligation acceleration, repudiation, and payment moratorium. Debt restructurings are also considered a credit event in some cases. In certain transactions referenced to a portfolio of referenced entities or asset-backed securities, deductibles and caps may limit the guarantors obligations.
The Company trades in a variety of derivatives and may either purchase or write protection on a single name or portfolio of referenced entities. The Company actively monitors its counterparty credit risk related to credit derivatives. A majority of the Companys counterparties are banks, broker dealers, insurance and other financial institutions and monoline insurers. Contracts with these counterparties do not include ratings-based termination events but do include counterparty rating downgrades, which may result in additional collateral being required by the Company. For further information on the Companys exposure to monoline insurers, see Impact of Credit Market EventsMonoline Insurers herein. The master agreements with these monoline insurance counterparties are generally unsecured, and the few ratings-based triggers (if any) generally provide the Company the ability to terminate only upon significant downgrade. As with all derivative contracts, the Company considers counterparty credit risk in the valuation of its positions and recognizes credit valuation adjustments as appropriate.
The following table summarizes the key characteristics of the Companys credit derivative portfolio by counterparty as of August 31, 2008. The market values shown in the table below are before the application of any netting agreements, cash collateral and credit value adjustments.
At August 31, 2008 | ||||||||||||
Market Values | Notionals | |||||||||||
Receivable | Payable | Beneficiary | Guarantor | |||||||||
(dollars in millions) | ||||||||||||
Banks |
$ | 175,050 | $ | 165,663 | $ | 2,938,394 | $ | 2,900,397 | ||||
Broker dealers |
70,266 | 70,215 | 1,010,851 | 980,858 | ||||||||
Insurance and other financial institutions |
45,476 | 41,170 | 621,757 | 628,029 | ||||||||
Monoline insurers |
5,512 | 10 | 36,020 | 135 | ||||||||
Non-financial entities |
121 | 172 | 1,955 | 4,300 | ||||||||
Total |
$ | 296,425 | $ | 277,230 | $ | 4,608,977 | $ | 4,513,719 | ||||
111 |
Item 4. | Controls and Procedures. |
Under the supervision and with the participation of the Companys management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Companys disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act)). Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.
No change in the Companys internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) occurred during the period covered by this report that materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Companys internal control over financial reporting.
112 |
Part IIOther Information.
Item 1. | Legal Proceedings. |
In addition to the matters described in the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007 (the Form 10-K), the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly periods ended February 29, 2008 (the First Quarter Form 10-Q) and May 31, 2008 (the Second Quarter Form 10-Q) and those described below, in the normal course of business, the Company has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions, and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the issuers that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or in financial distress.
The Company is also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies regarding the Companys business, including, among other matters, accounting and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief.
The Company contests liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each pending matter. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such matters, particularly in cases where claimants seek substantial or indeterminate damages or where investigations and proceedings are in the early stages, the Company cannot predict with certainty the loss or range of loss, if any, related to such matters, how or if such matters will be resolved, when they will ultimately be resolved, or what the eventual settlement, fine, penalty or other relief, if any, might be. Subject to the foregoing, the Company believes, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that the outcome of the pending matters will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition of the Company, although the outcome of such matters could be material to the Companys operating results and cash flows for a particular future period, depending on, among other things, the level of the Companys revenues or income for such period.
The following developments have occurred with respect to certain matters previously reported in the Form 10-K, the First Quarter Form 10-Q and/or the Second Quarter Form 10-Q:
Auction Rate Securities Matters.
On August 13, 2008, the Company reached an agreement in principle with the Office of the New York State Attorney General and the Office of the Illinois Secretary of State, Securities Department (on behalf of a task force of other states under the auspices of the North American Securities Administrators Association) in connection with the proposed settlement of their investigations relating to the sale of auction rate securities (ARS). The Company agreed, among other things to: (1) repurchase at par illiquid ARS that were purchased by certain retail clients prior to February 13, 2008; (2) pay certain retail clients that sold ARS below par the difference between par and the price at which the clients sold the securities; (3) arbitrate, under special procedures, claims for consequential damages by certain retail clients; (4) refund refinancing fees to certain municipal issuers of ARS; and (5) pay a total penalty of $35 million. A separate investigation of these matters by the SEC remains ongoing.
On August 27, 2008, a shareholder derivative complaint, Louisiana Municipal Police Employees Retirement System v. Mack, et al., was filed in U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York (the SDNY). On September 12, 2008, a second complaint, Thomas v. Mack, et al., was filed in the SDNY. The complaints are substantially similar and name as defendants the members of the Companys Board of Directors as well as certain current and former officers. The Company, on whose behalf the suits are purportedly brought, is named as a nominal defendant in each action. The complaints raise claims of breach of fiduciary duty, abuse of control, gross mismanagement, and violation of Section 10(b) and Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act related to
113 |
the Companys sale of ARS over the period from June 20, 2007 to the present. Among other things, the complaints allege that, over the relevant period, the Companys public filings and statements were materially false and misleading in that they failed to disclose the illiquid nature of its ARS inventories and that the Companys practices in the sale of ARS exposed it to significant liability for settlements and judgments. The complaints also allege that during the relevant period certain defendants sold the Companys stock while in possession of material non-public information. The complaints seek, among other things, unspecified compensatory damages, restitution from the defendants with respect to compensation, benefits and profits obtained, and the institution of certain reforms to the Companys internal control functions.
Subprime-related Matters.
On July 18, 2008, the plaintiff in the SDNY action, Steve Staehr, Derivatively on Behalf of Morgan Stanley v. John J. Mack, et al., filed an amended complaint. On July 25, 2008, the plaintiffs in the SDNY action In re Morgan Stanley ERISA Litigation, filed a consolidated complaint. The amended complaint and consolidated complaint in these actions relate in large part to the Companys subprime and other mortgage related losses, but also include allegations regarding the Companys disclosures, internal controls, accounting and other matters.
On September 24, 2008, a purported class action complaint, Fogel Capital Management, Inc. v. Richard S. Fuld, Jr., et al., was filed in the SDNY asserting claims against the Company and others. The claims asserted against the Company relate to the Companys involvement in the syndicate that underwrote a public offering of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. preferred stock on February 5, 2008. The complaint alleges that the offering documents for this offering contained material misstatements and omissions and asserts claims against the Company under Section 11 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Item 1A. | Risk Factors. |
For a discussion of the risk factors affecting the Company, see Risk Factors in Part I, Item 1A of the Form 10-K. In connection with the Companys status as a federal bank holding company, certain additional risks and uncertainties should also be considered as discussed below.
Our liquidity and financial condition have been and could continue to be adversely affected by U.S. and international markets and economic conditions.
Liquidity is essential to our business. Our ability to raise funding in the long-term or short-term debt capital markets or the equity markets, or to access secured lending markets, has been and could continue to be adversely affected by conditions in the U.S. and international markets and economy. As described in Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsGlobal Market and Economic Conditions in the Quarter and Nine Month Period Ended August 31, 2008, Global market and economic conditions have been, and continue to be, disrupted and volatile, and in recent weeks the volatility has reached unprecedented levels. In particular, our cost and availability of funding have been and may continue to be adversely affected by illiquid credit markets and wider credit spreads. As a result of concern about the stability of the markets generally and the strength of counterparties specifically, many lenders and institutional investors have reduced and, in some cases, ceased to provide funding to borrowers. We have already fulfilled our planned financing needs for 2008; however, to the extent we are not able to access the debt markets on acceptable terms in the future, we may increase our use of deposit funding and other funding sources generally available to a financial holding company, and/or may seek to raise funding and capital through equity issuance. Continued turbulence in the U.S. and international markets and economy may adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition and the willingness of certain counterparties and customers to do business with us. For additional information on factors that may affect our liquidity and financial condition, see Liquidity is essential to our businesses and we rely on external sources to finance a significant portion of our operations and Our borrowing costs and access to the debt capital markets depend significantly on our credit ratings in Part I, Item 1A of the Form 10-K.
114 |
Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected by new regulations to which we are and will become subject as a result of becoming a bank holding company, by new regulations or by changes in other regulations or the application thereof.
On September 21, 2008, we obtained approval from the Fed to become a bank holding company. Although we have a statutory grace period of two years, with the possibility of three one-year extensions for a total grace period of five years, to conform existing activities and investments to the restrictions on nonbanking activities that apply to financial holding companies and although we expect to be able to continue to engage in most of the activities in which we currently engage after such time, it is possible that certain of our existing activities will not be deemed to be permissible under applicable regulations. In addition, as a financial holding company, we are subject to the comprehensive, consolidated supervision and regulation of the Fed, including risk-based and leverage capital requirements and information reporting requirements, and Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. will be subject to the functional supervision and regulation of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.
The financial services industry, in general, is heavily regulated. Proposals for legislation further regulating the financial services industry are continually being introduced in the United States Congress and in state legislatures. The agencies regulating the financial services industry also periodically adopt changes to their regulations. In light of current conditions in the U.S. financial markets and economy, regulators have increased their focus on the regulation of the financial services industry. We are unable to predict whether any of these proposals will be implemented or in what form, or whether any additional or similar changes to statutes or regulations, including the interpretation or implementation thereof, will occur in the future. Any such action could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are also affected by the policies adopted by regulatory authorities and bodies of the United States and other governments. For example, the actions of the Fed and international central banking authorities directly impact our cost of funds for lending, capital raising and investment activities and may impact the value of financial instruments we hold. In addition, such changes in monetary policy may affect the credit quality of our customers. Changes in domestic and international monetary policy are beyond our control and difficult to predict.
115 |
Item 2. | Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds. |
The table below sets forth the information with respect to purchases made by or on behalf of the Company of its common stock during the quarterly period ended August 31, 2008.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)
Period |
Total Number of Shares Purchased |
Average Price Paid Per Share |
Total Number of Shares Purchased As Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs (C) |
Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs | ||||||
Month #1 (June 1, 2008June 30, 2008) |
||||||||||
Share Repurchase Program (A) |
| | | $ | 2,271 | |||||
Employee Transactions (B) |
101,781 | $ | 38.40 | N/A | N/A | |||||
Month #2 (July 1, 2008July 31, 2008) |
||||||||||
Share Repurchase Program (A) |
| | | $ | 2,271 | |||||
Employee Transactions (B) |
335,515 | $ | 36.18 | N/A | N/A | |||||
Month #3 (August 1, 2008August 31, 2008) |
||||||||||
Share Repurchase Program (A) |
| | | $ | 2,271 | |||||
Employee Transactions (B) |
70,884 | $ | 40.29 | N/A | N/A | |||||
Total |
||||||||||
Share Repurchase Program (A) |
| | | $ | 2,271 | |||||
Employee Transactions (B) |
508,180 | $ | 37.20 | N/A | N/A |
(A) | On December 19, 2006, the Company announced that its Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $6 billion of the Companys outstanding stock under a new share repurchase program (the Share Repurchase Program). The Share Repurchase Program is a program for capital management purposes that considers, among other things, business segment capital needs, as well as equity-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. The Share Repurchase Program has no set expiration or termination date. |
(B) | Includes: (1) shares delivered or attested in satisfaction of the exercise price and/or tax withholding obligations by holders of employee and director stock options (granted under employee and director stock compensation plans) who exercised options; (2) shares withheld, delivered or attested (under the terms of grants under employee and director stock compensation plans) to offset tax withholding obligations that occur upon vesting and release of restricted shares; and (3) shares withheld, delivered and attested (under the terms of grants under employee and director stock compensation plans) to offset tax withholding obligations that occur upon the delivery of outstanding shares underlying restricted stock units. The Companys employee and director stock compensation plans provide that the value of the shares withheld, delivered or attested shall be valued using the fair market value of the Company common stock on the date the relevant transaction occurs, using a valuation methodology established by the Company. |
(C) | Share purchases under publicly announced programs are made pursuant to capital management purchases, Rule 10b5-1 plans or privately negotiated transactions (including with employee benefit plans) as market conditions warrant and at prices the Company deems appropriate. |
Item 6. | Exhibits. |
An exhibit index has been filed as part of this Report on Page E-1.
116 |
SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
MORGAN STANLEY (Registrant) | ||
By: | /S/ COLM KELLEHER | |
Colm Kelleher Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer | ||
By: | /S/ PAUL C. WIRTH | |
Paul C. Wirth Controller and Principal Accounting Officer |
Date: October 9, 2008
117 |
EXHIBIT INDEX
MORGAN STANLEY
Quarter Ended August 31, 2008
Exhibit No. |
Description | |
4 | Third Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of September 10, 2008 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (Supplemental to Senior Indenture dated November 1, 2004). | |
10.1 | Amendment to Morgan Stanley 401(k) Plan, dated as of July 10, 2008. | |
10.2 | Amendment to Excess Benefit Plan, dated as of July 10, 2008. | |
10.3 | Amendment to Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, dated as of July 10, 2008. | |
11 | Statement Re: Computation of Earnings Per Common Share (The calculation of per share earnings is in Part I, Item 1, Note 11 to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Earnings per Common Share) and is omitted in accordance with Section (b)(11) of Item 601 of Regulation S-K). | |
12 | Statement Re: Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Computation of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends. | |
15 | Letter of awareness from Deloitte & Touche LLP, dated October 8, 2008, concerning unaudited interim financial information. | |
31.1 | Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer. | |
31.2 | Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer. | |
32.1 | Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer. | |
32.2 | Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer. |
E-1
|